-
- Автор сценария:
- Эндрю Никкол
-
- Режиссер:
- Питер Уир
Джим Кэрри снова восхищает критиков и публику, так же как и чудаковатый Труман Бербэнк в этой восхитительной комедии режиссера Питера Уира о человеке, жизнь которого оказывается настоящим нон-стоп ТV шоу. Труман не знает, что его город на самом деле не что иное, как гигантская студия, построенная таинственным продюсером и режиссером, что живущие и работающие в городе люди — это голливудские актеры, и что даже его вечно шипящая жена — актриса по контракту. Постепенно к Труману приходит прозрение.
СКАЧАТЬ
SCREENPLAYS FOR YOU - enjoy cinema art!
THE TRUMAN SHOW (1999)
by Andrew Niccol.
Shooting Script.
A FOGGED MIRROR
Behind the fog we hear the sounds of a bathroom. After a
long moment, a hand wipes the condensation from the glass to
reveal the face of TRUMAN BURBANK. He wears a sleeveless
Hanes undershirt and blue-stripes pajama bottoms, behind him
a white glazed tiled bathroom wall. It is immediately
apparent that we are viewing him through a two-way mirror.
Truman, expressionless, studies his reflection in the mirror.
For a long moment, he does nothing. He continues to look
impassively into the mirror for what becomes an uncomfortably
long time. Still nothing. Finally he speaks, talking to
himself in the mirror as if participating in a TV interview.
TRUMAN
... personally I think the
unconquered south face is the only
one worth scaling... of course it's
a 20,000 foot sheer wall of ice but
then when did that ever stop me
before? Naturally, I intend to make
the ascent without the benefit of
oxygen but also without crampons or
even an ice pick... risks?
(smug, TV smiles)
... sure I'm aware of the risks --
why else do you think I would spend
seven years as an adjuster in a life
insurance company?
MERYL (O.S.)
Truman, you're gonna be late!
Truman resignedly opens the door of the
cabinet and replaces his shaving tackle. It
partially obscures the lens of the hidden
camera. He closes the door and exits.
INT. KITCHEN - MORNING
MERYL, wearing a stylish robe, sits at the kitchen table
sipping coffee. On the table in front of her lies a parcel.
TRUMAN enters and glances at the gift.
TRUMAN
What's that?
MERYL
It's a surprise.
TRUMAN unwraps the parcel -- an expensive-looking set of
exercise sweats.
MERYL
(eager for his response)
Well, what do you think?
TRUMAN
They're...
(the merest hesitation)
perfect. Thank you.
Truman returns Meryl's kiss.
MERYL
(handing him the sweat top)
Try it on.
Truman pulls the top over his head. As he does so, a closer
shot focuses on the manufacturer's name.
MERYL
I thought you could wear them when
you do your exercises.
(afterthought)
Pre-shrunk. And they breathe.
EXT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - DAY
Wearing a business suit, briefcase in hand, TRUMAN emerges
from his pleasant, Victorian-inspired, picket-fenced house
into an idyllic suburban street of similarly picturesque
homes. A neighbor, SPENCER, is taking in trashcans,
whistling a tune. Spencer breaks off abruptly as Truman
approaches his car. His license plate reads, "Seahaven --
A Nice Place To Live."
SPENCER
Morning, Truman.
TRUMAN
Morning, Spencer. And in case I
don't see you, good afternoon, good
evening and good night.
Spencer's dog, PLUTO, bounds happily over to Truman.
TRUMAN
(petting the dog)
Hey, Pluto.
Truman exchanges a polite nod with the WASHINGTON's, an
African-American family across the street. MR. WASHINGTON is
farewelled by his WIFE and CHILD.
Truman is about to climb into his car when he is distracted
by a high-pitched whistling sound. Suddenly, a large
spherical glass object falls from the sky and lands with a
deafening crash on the street, several yards from his car.
The startled Truman looks to Spencer but he has abruptly
disappeared inside his house with Pluto. Mrs. Washington and
Washington Junior has also made themselves scarce.
Truman investigates. Amidst a sea of shattered glass are the
remains of a light mechanism.
He looks around him but the street is deserted. He checks
that all the surrounding street lights are accounted for,
even though the fallen fixture is far larger. He looks up
into the sky but there is no plane in sight. With some
effort, Truman picks up what's left of the crumpled light
and loads it into the trunk. A label on the light fixture reads,
"SIRIUS (9 Canis Major)." As he drives away, we hear the
sound of his car radio.
RADIO ANNOUNCER
Another glorious morning in Seahaven,
folks.
INT/ EXT. TRUMAN'S CAR - SEAHAVEN - DAY
TRUMAN makes his way along the streets of Seahaven past a
series of quaint, pastel-shaded cottages.
EXT. SEAHAVEN ISLAND TOWNSHIP - DAY
A high-angle reveals an anonymous mid-sized town built around
a small, pretty bay. A cluster of high-rise buildings stand
at the water's edge overlooking a marina. Surrounding the
commercial center lie neatly arranged suburbs.
EXT. OCEANSIDE STREET - DAY
Pausing at a traffic light along a seaside road, TRUMAN looks
through a curious wooden arch to the beach and ocean beyond.
The sight triggers a memory in his head.
PLAYBACK - EXT. LONG, WIDE BEACH - DAY
Unlike a conventional flashback, the scene in his memory
appears to be playing on a television screen.
FOUR-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN runs towards a bluff on the beach.
The boy's father, KIRK, late-thirties, beer bottle in hand,
flirts with TWO TEENAGE GIRLS at the shoreline. Suddenly,
the father remembers his son. He looks anxiously around.
The sight of the boy at the far end of the beach causes him
to drop his bottle in the sand and run to Truman.
The boy is near the top of the cliff before his agitated
father comes within earshot.
FATHER
(out of breath,
clutching his side)
Truman! Truman! Stop!
Truman turns from his perch and waves happily down to his
father. But the smile quickly vanishes when he registers the
anger and distress on his father's face.
FATHER
Come down now!
His father's unnatural anxiety makes the next bay even more
tantalizing. The boy considers defying his father. He puts
his hand on the rock above him to stretch up and sneak a peek
at the other side. One good stretch would do it.
FATHER
(reading Truman's
mind, enraged)
No!
TRUMAN
Why? What's there?
FATHER
(unconvincing)
Nothing. It's... it's dangerous.
(trace of desperation)
Come down, now! Please!
Truman is suddenly aware that the hundreds of other
BEACHGOERS have stopped their activities to stare at him.
Reluctantly, he starts to retrace his steps down the rocks.
When he finally jumps to the sand, his father embraces him
and leads him away.
FATHER
I told you to stay close. Don't ever
leave my sight again.
(pause)
You've got to know your limitations.
You could've fallen.
INT. TRUMAN'S CAR - DOWNTOWN SEAHAVEN - MORNING - PRESENT
Through his car window, TRUMAN buys a cup of coffee from a
streetside VENDOR.
VENDOR
How are ya, Truman?
TRUMAN
(placing his fingers
to his pulse)
Vital signs are good.
He pulls into a parking space and sips on the coffee. And he
drinks, he becomes aware of a school bell summoning children
to class in the adjacent Elementary School. The image
prompts another childhood memory.
PLAYBACK - INT. SEAHAVEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - CLASSROOM - DAY
Once again, the flashback appears to be playing on a
television screen.
SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN sits in the middle rrow of an Elementary
School classroom surrounded by twenty-or-so othegr well-
scrubbed, uniformed YOUNGSTERS. MARLON, the boy next to Truman,
is on his feet under the scrutiny of a kindly Norman Rockwell-
style SCHOOL MISTRESS.
MISTRESS
What do you want to do when you
grow up, Marlon?
MARLON
I want to be an entrepreneur like
my dad.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
(impressed)
Tell the class what an "entrepreneur"
does, Marlon.
MARLON
He makes a lot of money, Ma'am.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
A good one does, Marlon.
(looking in her purse,
hamming it up)
Perhaps I'll be coming to you for
a loan one of these days.
The Class titters. Marlon sits down and winks to Truman.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
What about you, Truman?
Truman rises to his feet, gathering his nerve.
TRUMAN
I want to be an explorer...
(with reverence)
... like Magellan.
The School Mistress smiles benevolently.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
(slightly condescending)
I'm afraid no one's going to pay you
to do that, Truman. You might have
to find something a little more
practical.
(glancing to a pulldown
wall map behind her
head)
Besides, you're too late. There's
really nothing left to explore.
The class roars with laughter as the crestfallen Truman takes
his seat.
EXT. PARKING LOT - DAY - PRESENT
TRUMAN, briefcase in hand, crosses from the parking lot to the
town square, surrounded by similarly suited, briefcase-toting
OFFICE WORKERS.
EXT. DOWNTOWN SEAHAVEN - DAY
TRUMAN walks briskly down the bustling city street. A snarl of
taxis, buses and COMMUTER traffic. A STREET VENDOR thrusts a
pretzel under Truman's nose, a CAREER WOMAN tries to catch his
eye.
Truman stops at a kiosk and buys a newspaper -- "THE ISLAND
TIMES."
VENDOR
Is that all for you, Truman?
TRUMAN
That's all. Thanks, Errol.
Other CUSTOMERS also purchase the morning paper. Tucking his
copy under his arm, Truman selects a glossy magazine from a
rack, quickly flicking through the pages.
Glancing in the direction of the NEWSPAPER VENDOR and finding
him busy with another CUSTOMER, Truman deftly tears a portion
of the open page and pockets the cutting. He hastily replaces
the magazine and departs.
As Truman hurries away, the vendor exits the kiosk and picks
up the magazine, instantly turning to the torn page. It is a
cosmetics advertisement with the MODEL'S NOSE missing.
However, the vendor makes no effort to confront Truman,
almost as if he were expecting it.
EXT. SEAHAVEN LIFE AND ACCIDENT. INC - DAY
Truman passes along a row of shops and offices, finally
entering a building that proudly proclaims, "Seahaven Life &
Accident Inc." above the entrance. He has evidently taken
his teacher's advice.
INT. INSURANCE COMPANY - SEAHAVEN LIFE AND ACCIDENT, INC. - DAY
In a cramped, cluttered cubicle, TRUMAN talks on the telephone.
TRUMAN
(into receiver)
...okay, okay, let's call it what it
is...I'm not going to lie to you...
life insurance is death insurance...
you've just got to ask yourself two
questions...one, in the event of
your death, will anyone experience
financial loss?... and two, do you
care?
A CLERK drops a large reference book on Truman's desk.
Truman checks the spine -- "MARITIME ACCIDENTS."
TRUMAN
(into receiver)
Hold on, will you?
(to clerk, referring to
the book)
This is no good. Lumps all maritime
accidents together. I need drownings
as a separate category.
The clerk shrugs, returns the book to his cart and continues
his rounds.
TRUMAN
(returning to his call)
... just think about what I've been
saying and let me... hello?
The person on the other end has hung up. With an apathetic
shrug, Truman replaces the receiver. He looks over his
shoulder and places another call.
TRUMAN
(lowering his voice)
Can you connect me with directory
inquiries in Fiji?
A CO-WORKER pokes his head over the neighboring cubicle.
CO-WORKER
What do you know, Truman?
TRUMAN
(embarrassed, mouthing
the word)
Can't talk.
(waving off his neighbor,
pretending to be on a
business call)
I'm sorry, ma'am. If he's in a coma,
he's probably uninsurable.
The Co-Worker disappears back into his own cubicle.
TRUMAN
(lowering his voice again)
Hello, operator... yes, Fiji... Do
you have a listing for a Lauren
Garland?
(pause)
... nothing listed? ... what about a
Sylvia Garland, "S" for Sylvia...
nothing? Okay, thanks...
The disconsolate Truman replaces the receiver. Other
INSURANCE AGENTS are heading to lunch. Truman puts on his
jacket and follows them to the elevators.
INT. LOCAL ITALIAN DELI. - LUNCHTIME
Behind a deli counter, TYRONE, fifties, is having his hair
brushed by a YOUNG MAN. The man fusses one final time, then
swiftly departs through a rear door just as TRUMAN enters the
store. Tyrone has anticipated Truman's order and has already
begun preparing a meatball and mozzarella sandwich on an
Italian roll. Truman gazes at the sandwich skillfully under
construction, pained by his own predictability.
TYRONE
(nauseatingly cheerful)
How's it going, Truman?
TRUMAN
(deadpan)
Not bad. I just won the State
Lottery.
TYRON
(not listening to Truman's
reply)
Good. Good.
TRUMAN
Tyron, what if I said I didn't want
meatball today?
TYRON
(not missing a beat,
passing Truman his
wrapped sandwich)
I'd ask for identification.
Truman forces a half-smile and exits.
TYRONE
See you tomorrow, Truman.
TRUMAN
You can count on it.
EXT. SECLUDED PARK - DAY
TRUMAN eats lunch alone at a small, out-of-the-way park
dominated by a gazebo. From his briefcase he pulls out an
old, hardcovered book, "To The Ends Of The Earth -- The Age
Of Exploration." He reads to himself, his sandwich uneaten
besides him. Struck by a particular passage, he reads aloud.
TRUMAN
"With a mutiny but half-repressed and
starvation imminent, he pressed
southward till he found the long-
hoped-for straits..."
Truman is interrupted by a TRANSIENT in a wheelchair. It is
the man's sneakers Truman notices first, over the top of his
book -- they are distinctively initialed, "T. S." Still
under the spell of the account of Magellan, he hands the
grateful man his sandwich.
INT. A CONFERENCE ROOM SOMEWHERE - DAY
A group of a dozen MEN and WOMEN of varying ages sit around a
circular conference table in a sterile, windowless meeting
room. All stare at a single telephone placed in the center
of the table, anticipating a call. On cue, the phone rings
and one of the men, after waiting for the second ring, picks
up.
MAN
Hello?... I'm sorry, I've got more
than enough life insurance.
He hangs up. After a moment the phone rings again.
INT. INSURANCE COMPANY - DAY
TRUMAN sits at his desk, making a cold call.
TRUMAN
(into receiver)
... this isn't about insurance, this
is about the great variable -- when
will death occur? Could be a week, a
month, a year. Could happen today...
A sunbather, minding his own business,
gets stabbed in the heart by the tip
of a runaway beach umbrella... No way
you can guard against that kind of
thing, no way at all...
The prospect on the other end, unimpressed with Truman's
pitch, hangs up. Truman's supervisor, LAWRENCE, younger than
Truman by several years, sharper suit, sharper haircut,
appears around the corner of the cubicle.
LAWRENCE
(handing Truman some
documentation)
Hey, Burbank, I've got a prospect in
Welles Park I need you to close.
Truman's face falls. He stares out of his third floor window
at the hazy skyline of a nearby island across the bay.
TRUMAN
(referring to the island)
Welles Park on Harbor Island?
LAWRENCE
(sarcastic)
You know another one?
TRUMAN
I can't do it.
(searching for a plausible
excuse)
-- I've got an appointment, er,
dentist.
LAWRENCE
(insistent)
You'll lose a lot more than your
teeth if you don't meet your quota,
Burbank.
(the threat in his voice
is unmistakable)
They're making cutbacks at the end of
the month. You need this.
(as he exits the cubicle)
Besides, a half hour across the bay.
Sea air. Do you good.
Truman sinks back into his seat and stares out at the distant
skyline. The buildings appear very still. Truman picks up a
photo of his wife, Meryl, deposits it in his briefcase and
exits.
EXT. SEAHAVEN - DAY
Truman's car heads out of the city on its way to the ferry.
INT. SEAHAVEN FERRY TERMINAL - DAY
TRUMAN exits his car. Mustering all his nerve, he marches
into the Seahaven terminal and buys a token for the ferry.
Out of his hearing, TWO FERRY WORKERS observe Truman's
agitated behavior.
FERRY WORKER 1
I got a feeling this is the day.
FERRY WORKER 2
No way. I say he makes it through
the turnstiles but he never gets on.
The two men shake on the wager. Unaware of the scrutiny,
Truman passes through the turnstiles with a herd of TOURISTS
and COMMUTERS. He makes his way across the terminal, but
abruptly pulls up at the gangway.
As the other PASSENGERS impatiently brush past him onto the
boat, Truman remains frozen to the spot, mesmerized by the
scummy water rising and falling beneath the dock. It
triggers a memory in his head.
PLAYBACK - EXT. SEAHAVEN HARBOR - DAY
As always, the flashback appears to play on a television
screen.
SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN, wearing a lifejacket, sits alongside
his father, KIRK, in a small sailing dinghy, sailing into a
stiff breeze.
A second sail boat circles them. We observe the father and
son from an angle atop the mast of the neighboring vessel.
TRUMAN
(shouting above the wind)
Let's go further, daddy! Let's go
further!
KIRK
(shouting back)
It's getting rough, Truman.
TRUMAN
(entreating his father)
Please!
Kirk shakes his head ruefully and indulges his son by heading
towards the gathering storm clouds on the horizon.
INT. SEAHAVEN FERRY TERMINAL - DAY - PRESENT
Truman turns and begins to fight his way back against the
tide of PASSENGERS boarding the ferry, emerging back onto the
street, gasping for air. The FERRY WORKERS settle their
wager.
EXT. ROADWAY ADJACENT TO THE FERRY TERMINAL - DAY
TRUMAN stands at a payphone. By stretching the payphone's
receiver cord as far as it will go, he is able to reach his
arm and leg into the driver's door of his car. He punctuates
his conversation with blasts on the car's horn while revving
the car's engine with his outstretched foot. The few passing
MOTORISTS and PEDESTRIANS regard Truman curiously.
TRUMAN
(shouting into phone)
I tell you the traffic's insane.
(blasting his horn
several times to
imitate the sound
of gridlock)
... I'll never make the ferry in
time. What can I do? What?...
Lawrence, I can't hear you!
Truman hangs up the phone.
INT. TRUMAN'S CAR - DAY
On his way home, a large "DETOUR" sign forces him onto a
secondary road.
INT. TRUMAN'S CAR - PARKLAND, SEAHAVEN - DAY
TRUMAN drives along a winding road through parkland. He pulls
up at a red light -- no other traffic around. His attention
is caught by an attractive YOUNG WOMAN, sitting on a park
bench not far from the intersection. She is being taunted by
TWO THUGS. She attempts to ignore the youths by concentrating
on the book on her lap.
YOUTH 1
(to woman)
You wanna read to me?
His companion smirks.
YOUTH 1
(more insistent)
You wanna read to me?
The boy reaches over and snatches the novel from that grasp.
YOUTH 2
(menacing)
My friend asked you a question.
The woman picks up her bag in a reflex and holds it to her.
She looks about for assistance, briefly catching Truman's eye.
The youths also look in Truman's direction, staring him down.
WOMAN
(reaching for the book)
Please...
The boy returns the book to the woman, but before doing so
rips out the last page from the novel and stuffs it in his
shirt pocket.
YOUTH 2
Now you're gonna have to ask me how
it ends.
One of the youths grabs the woman, dragging her toward the
surrounding woods.
YOUTH 1
We're gonna tell you how it ends,
baby.
WOMAN
Help! Please help!
As they drag towards the undergrowth, Truman, horrified, half
gets out of the car -- fearful of his own safety as much as
the woman's. Truman shouts to the youths, his voice cracking
with fear.
TRUMAN
Hey! Let her go!
A huge truck suddenly appears behind Truman's car, its horn
blasting, the DRIVER hurling abuse. Truman hesitates as the
youths drag the woman into the bushes, conflicted over whether
or not to help. The truck driver keeps his hand on the horn.
Truman retreats back into his car and reluctantly drives on.
EXT. PARKLAND - WOODS - DAY
Truman's car safely out of sight, the YOUTHS promptly release
the YOUNG WOMAN. She calmly brushes herself off, no longer
afraid. The young men, no longer angry, retrieve her bag.
WOMAN
Thanks.
The threesome walks back towards the roadway as if life-long
friends.
WOMAN
(pointing the incident)
He did nothing.
YOUTH 1
(shrugs, suddenly
more cough)
Physical violence paralyzes him.
Always has.
EXT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - DUSK
Beyond the pretty picket fence at the end of the property
flows a busy highway.
TRUMAN is mowing the lawn. From his expression it would seem
that he's still reflecting on his inaction in the park. He
switches off the mower and leans on the handle.
He is distracted by the arrival of his wife, MERYL, exiting
the house. She wears a nurse's uniform and carries a curious
metal device attached to a card board backing. She kisses
Truman affectionately on the cheek.
MERYL
Hi, honey. Look at this.
(proudly referring to
the device)
It's a "Chef's-Mate." Dicer, slicer
and peeler in one. Never needs
sharpening. Dishwasher safe.
TRUMAN
Gee, that's great.
Looking over Truman's shoulder, Meryl notices a small, uncut
patch of grass missed by Truman in one of his passes.
MERYL
(referring to the uncut
grass)
You missed a section.
Meryl enters the house. Truman restarts the lawnmower and
obediently pushes it towards the offending patch of lawn. As
the mower brushes up against the unconforming blades of grass,
Truman pulls back abruptly. He checks the kitchen window for
Meryl and wheels the mower away, leaving the patch uncut.
INT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - LIVING ROOM - NIGHT
MERYL is removing the cap of her nurse's uniform when TRUMAN
enters.
TRUMAN
How did it go today?
MERYL
(matter-of-fact)
A man tripped and fell on a chainsaw.
(shrugs)
We got three of his fingers back on.
Truman retrieves a bucket of golf balls and a golf club from
behind the door.
MERYL
(disappointed at the sight
of the golf equipment)
I was hoping we could have a special
evening.
TRUMAN
I won't be late.
MERYL
(sensing something odd
in his demeanor)
Did something happen today?
Truman turns to her too sharply, his guilt showing.
TRUMAN
What could happen?
Truman exits.
EXT. UNFINISHED BRIDGE - NIGHT
A half-constructed bridge, paved but unmarked, ends abruptly
in mid-air -- reinforcing steel protruding from the concrete.
TRUMAN stands at the end of the unfinished bridge with MARLON,
thirties, a well-filled physique. Marlon drinks beer from a
can while Truman addresses a teed-up golf ball with a number
three wood. The headlights of their two parked cars far end
of the bridge proclaiming, "THE SEAHAVEN CAUSEWAY -- Linking
Seahaven Island With The Rest Of The World -- Your Tax Dollars
At Work" -- an upturned plastic cone at the foot of the sign
is the "hole."
Truman winds up and swings, making a healthy contact with the
ball. The ball arches away into the night sky. From a new
angle we see the ball take a huge hop on the outside lane of
the abandoned freeway and continue down the asphalt beyond
the sign.
Marlon tosses Truman another off-white ball from a bucket of
badly scarred golf balls. Truman sets the ball up on the
makeshift tee area and launches himself into his second shot.
With a slight fade, the second ball carries even further than
the first.
MARLON
Whose nuts were those?
Truman hands Marlon their sole golf club without comment.
Marlon tees up a ball of his own He uses orange golf balls.
TRUMAN
I'm thinking of getting out, Marlon.
MARLON
(mild interest only)
Yeah? Outta what?
TRUMAN
Outta my job, outta Seahaven, off
this island... out!
Marlon takes a practice swing.
MARLON
Outta your job? What the hell's
wrong with your job? You gotta great
job. You gotta desk job. I'd kill
for a desk job.
Marlon addresses the ball and swings -- a sweeping hook shot
that bounces off the freeway and into the water hazard.
MARLON
(annoyed by the errant
tee shot)
Sonofabitch.
(still looking in the
direction of his ball)
Try stocking vending machines for a
living. My biggest decision of the
day is whether the Almond Joys look
better next to the Snickers of the
Baby Ruths.
Truman selects another "M" ball from the bucket and tosses it
to Marlon.
TRUMAN
(adamant)
Haven't you ever gotten itchy feet?
Overcompensating with his second shot, Marlon slices the ball
in the other direction. A lucky bounce keeps it on the "green."
The ball rolls in the direction of the upturned cone.
MARLON
(skeptical, picking
up his beer)
Where is there to go?
Truman gulps his beer as he prepares his answer.
TRUMAN
(unable to disguise
his reverence)
Fiji.
Marlon considers Truman's suggestion as he sips his beer.
MARLON
(impressed)
Fiji? Where the hell is Fiji
exactly? Near Florida? You can't
drive there, can you?
Truman picks up a golf ball to demonstrate. He points to a
dimple on his make-shift globe.
TRUMAN
See here, this is us.
(sliding his finger
around the other
side of the ball)
All the way round here, Fiji. You
can't get any further away before
you start coming back.
(tossing the world in
his hand, warming to
his subject)
Y'know, there are still islands in
Fiji where no human has ever set
foot.
MARLON
(still dubious)
So when are you leaving?
TRUMAN
It's not that simple. Takes money,
planning. You can't just up and go.
(heading off Marlon's
skepticism)
Oh, I'm going to do it, don't worry
about that. I've just got to move
slow. Pick my movement. Bonus
time's just around the corner.
Soon as I finish the...
MARLON
Nursery?
TRUMAN
Spare room -- I can start thinking
about selling up... and I'll be
gone. Up and away on that big
steel bird.
(as if to convince himself)
I'm going, don't you worry about
that.
Marlon nods even though the concept of taking flight is beyond
his imagination.
MARLON
I never knew anybody who wanted to
leave Seahaven.
An awkward moment. Truman, once again, not so sure of himself.
INT. A DIMLY-LIT ROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
A MAN looks up sharply. He stares into camera. CHRISTOF,
late fifties -- a vitality in his eyes that belies his years.
A news anchor-style earpiece disappears down the neck of his
suit.
EXT. BRIDGE - NIGHT
TRUMAN and MARLON wander along the empty bridge, retrieving
the golf balls.
Marlon goes to say something to the disconsolate Truman, but
is momentarily distracted. He raises his hand to his ear.
Truman places another of the balls in the bucket.
MARLON
Truman, you know, I did think about
moving away one time.
TRUMAN
(interest piqued)
Yeah, what happened?
MARLON
I figured, what's the point? I
knew I'd just be taking my problems
with me. Once the kids came along,
it made me look at Seahaven with
new eyes.
(gazing out at the
lights of Seahaven)
I realized, what the hell could be
better than this?
(putting a hand on
Truman's shoulder)
I'm telling you. What you really
need is someone to carry on the
"Burbank" name.
TRUMAN
You think so?
MARLON
Trust me.
Marlon picks up the last ball at the mouth of the upturned
cone. The ball is white.
MARLON
(checking the ball)
You win.
They approach Truman's car. Truman opens the trunk to deposit
their humble golfing equipment. Inside are the remains of the
fallen light fixture.
TRUMAN
(referring to the light)
You really think it could've
dropped off an airliner?
MARLON
(unimpressed)
Sure. It's halogen. Shame it
didn't hit you -- you could've
sued.
(quickly changing the subject)
You coming for a drink?
TRUMAN
I can't tonight.
INT. LIGHTHOUSE - NIGHT
From the POV of the lighthouse's lantern room, we observe
TRUMAN sitting on the beach staring out to sea.
Closer on Truman. He has a portable tape recorder slung over
his shoulder and points a corded microphone at the surf. We
watch Truman's impassive face as he makes the recording of the
lapping waves. The lamp from the lighthouse occasionally
falls upon Truman.
PLAYBACK - EXT. OCEAN - DAY
As always, the flashback appears to play on a television
screen.
The sky is black with storm clouds. Gale force winds lash
rain into the faces of SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN and his father,
KIRK. As Kirk stands up to get his hearings, a freak gust of
wind catches the sail. The boom whips across the stern and
strikes Kirk flush in the head, knocking his overboard.
Truman, wearing the sole lifejacket, desperately reaches for
his father. He momentarily has hold of his hold of his
father's hand when Kirk is abruptly dragged beneath the
surface.
TRUMAN
(crying out)
Daddy!! Daddy!!
His cries go unanswered. Seven-year-old Truman finds himself
alone -- the storm abruptly passed, the wind suddenly dropped,
the water stilled.
The frightened Truman examines the ring he holds in his open
hand -- his father's ring -- wrenched from his finger in
Truman's fight to keep him afloat.
EXT. BEACH - NIGHT - PRESENT
A close up of TRUMAN from KIRK'S RING that Truman now wears.
Then, from the lighthouse POV, we observe Truman get to his
feet and walk towards the dark water. He stands at the
water's edge.
TRUMAN
(shouting at the surf)
I'm sorry, Dad! I'm sorry!
As if in reply, a tongue of lightning flashes across the
distant skyline, followed by a growl of thunder.
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
TWO OLD WOMEN, seventies, sit beside each other on a sofa
looking directly into camera as they talk.
OLD WOMAN 1
(playing amateur psychiatrist)
It left him with more than his
obvious fear of the water.
OLD WOMAN 2
He was never the same curious
little boy again.
OLD WOMAN 1
Half the women I know named their
children after him.
EXT. BEACH PARKING LOT - NIGHT
TRUMAN is forced to leg it through a sudden rain shower to his
car.
From Truman's point-of-view, the shower appears quite normal.
However, viewed from a distance, we see that the shower is
extremely localized, encircling only him, as if a small cloud
is directly above his head, tracking his progress.
As Truman crosses the parking lot, the shower crosses with him.
Sensing something amiss, Truman dances back and force across
the street, intrigued by the curious phenomenon. He hums a
few bars of "Singin' In The Rain."
The rain becomes heavier, covering a wider area. Truman runs
the remaining distance to his car.
INT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - NURSERY - NIGHT
The drenched TRUMAN enters to find MERYL, in the unfinished
nursery, comparing wallpaper samples. Meryl wears a robe, a
glimpse of black negligee beneath.
MERYL
Where have you been?
TRUMAN
(wringing out his jacket)
I've been thinking--
MERYL
(rolling her eyes)
Oh, God.
TRUMAN
(ignoring the reception)
-- I figure we could scrape
together eight thousand.
MERYL
(exasperated)
Every time you and Marlon --
TRUMAN
-- we could bum around the world
for a year on that.
MERYL
And then what, Truman? We'd be
back to where we were five years
ago. You're talking like a
teenager.
TRUMAN
Maybe I feel like a teenager.
MERYL
We're mortgaged to the eyeballs,
Truman. There's the car payments.
After we just going to walk away
from our financial obligations?
Truman, still dripping on the floor, holds Meryl by the arms.
He talks excitedly to her the way we imagine he did when they
were courting.
TRUMAN
It'd be an adventure.
MERYL
I thought we were going to try for
a baby. Isn't that enough of an
adventure?
TRUMAN
That can wait. I want to get away.
See some of the world. Explore.
Meryl gives a derisive laugh.
MERYL
You want to be an explorer? You
don't even have a passport,
Truman. I bet you don't even know
how to get one.
The words sting. Truman turns away. Seeing the pain she's
caused, she changes tack.
MERYL
This'll pass. Everybody thinks
like this now and then.
(making an attempt at
seduction)
Come to bed.
TRUMAN
I think I'm going to stay up for a
while.
INT. AN OFFICE BUILDING SOMEWHERE - RECEPTION - NIGHT
In the reception area of an office building, TWO UNINFORMED
GUARDS drink coffee.
GUARD 1
How can they have a child?
GUARD 2
It's not gonna be his, you idiot.
GUARD 1
Why not?
GUARD 2
You think she'd go through with it?
GUARD 1
Sure she would.
GUARD 2
(reassessing his own opinion)
Guess I always thought they'd
adopt.
EXT. TRUMAN'S STREET - DAWN
There is something peculiar about the way the sun rises over
Seahaven Island -- the light appears in an arc that's slightly
too perfect and well-defined.
INT. TRUMAN'S BEDROOM - MORNING
In front of his bedroom window, TRUMAN, wearing his new sweats,
performs an exercise routine of his own invention. He counts
off the exercises to himself -- cheating as he does so. He
counts five leg-lifts for every two he completes.
TRUMAN
-- Five...
(tow leg-lifting later)
Then... fifteen... two more makes
twenty.
INT. A BEDROOM SOMEWHERE -- MORNING
A middle-aged MARRIED COUPLE in identical matching sweats
repeat the same eccentric exercises in perfect sync, as if
they were in a class led by Truman.
EXT. CAR -- DAY
TRUMAN climbs into the car and switches on the radio. He
drives down the street.
RADIO ANNOUNCER
Another glorious morning in
Seahaven, folks. Don't forget to
buckle up--
Truman mutters to himself as is his custom.
EXT. DOWNTOWN SEAHAVEN -- DAY
TRUMAN emerges from the parking lot and as usual stops at the
newspaper stand. He picks up a glossy magazine and flips
through the cosmetic ads, surreptitiously tearing a pair of
EYES from one of the pages. He returns the magazine to the
rack. As usual, the NEWSPAPER VENDOR fails to intervene.
Truman begins his daily pilgrimage to work through the rush
hour pedestrian traffic.
As he enters the street leading to his office, he glimpses a
HOMELESS MAN reflected in the window of a parked car. Truman,
spellbound by the man, suddenly wheels around to face him.
The Homeless Man, late-fifties, more well-groomed and well-fed
than the average vagrant, has a serene smile on his face.
The Homeless Man places his hand ever so gently on Truman's
cheek. Truman makes no effort to withdraw. He is transfixed
by the man's eyes. He appears to recognize him.
TRUMAN
(almost to himself,
mouthing the word)
Dad...
Suddenly an ELEGANT WOMAN SHOPPER walking a small WIENER DOG
and A BUSINESS EXECUTIVE carrying a briefcase, walking in
opposite directions along the sidewalk, grab the Homeless Man.
One under each arm, lifting the Homeless Man off the ground,
they start to whisk the bewildered derelict down the street.
TRUMAN
(calling out)
Stop! Stop!!
Truman begins to give chase. However, the shopper and the
businessman are surprisingly fleet-footed. Even more
surprising as Truman embarks on the pursuit is the behavior of
the PEDESTRIANS and COMMUTERS. They appear to part for the
fleeing trio, then close ranks in front of him. Is it
accidental, or are the pedestrians working together, running
interference?
TRUMAN
(shouting at the pedestrians)
Outta way! Outta way!
They are escaping.
Truman finally breaks through the pack, bowling over several
of the pedestrians in the process. Just as he gets within
reach of the shopper and the businessman, a bus suddenly
screeches to a halt beside the abductors, doors already open.
The Woman Shopper and the Executive bundle the Homeless Man
onto the bus. Truman lurches after them, but he is met by
the bus doors, closing sharply in his face.
TRUMAN
(to BUS DRIVER)
Hey, stop! Stop the bus!!
Truman thumps against the doors, but the BUS DRIVER ignores
his cries and the bus roars away. The other PASSENGERS in
the bus, apparently oblivious to the incident, keeps staring
straight ahead.
Truman continues to give chase when a taxi appears out of
nowhere and cuts in front of him, blocking his path. When he
recovers, the bus has disappeared. The mysterious crowd of
pedestrians has also dissolved as if it never existed.
Retracing his steps, head reeling, wondering if the could have
imagined the whole incident, Truman discovers that the Woman
Shopper has left her WIENER DOG behind. The dog wanders
aimlessly on the pavement, its leash trailing behind it.
INT. MOTHER'S HOUSE - DAY
TRUMAN paces impatiently in the living room of his Mother's
cramped, fussy, doilyed little house full of Burbank family
memorabilia -- a cluster of framed photographs is dominated by
one of his FATHER trimmed with a black ribbon. A toilet
flushes and Truman's MOTHER finally emerges from the next room.
She presents something of a contradiction. Although she walks
with the aid of a "walker," she is actually a well-preserved
sixty. She wears a glamorous nightgown and a full head of
bleached-blonde hair.
TRUMAN
(kissing Mother on the cheek)
How are you, Mother?
MOTHER
Well, I made it through another
night.
TRUMAN
How's your hip?
MOTHER
Oh, just so.
Truman supports Mother.
MOTHER
You know surprises aren't good for
me. You should really call before
you come over, dear.
TRUMAN
I've got something to tell you.
You'd better sit down.
Truman helps her into an overstuffed armchair.
MOTHER
You look very pale, Truman. Are
you taking your vitamin D's?
TRUMAN
(exasperated)
I spend half my life out in the
sun, Mother, why would I need
vitamin D?
MOTHER
I feel certain my condition runs
in the family.
(putting the back of her
hand dramatically for
her forehead)
Can't this wait, dear?
He kneels beside her.
TRUMAN
No, I'm afraid it can't.
Truman takes a deep breath as he prepares to give her the news.
TRUMAN
I know this is going to sound
insane, Mother, but... I saw Dad
today on Lancaster Circle. He's
alive.
Mother smiles condescendingly.
MOTHER
It doesn't sound insane, Truman.
I swear I see him ten times a week
-- in a hundred faces. I almost
hugged a perfect stranger in the
salon last Thursday.
TRUMAN
It was Dad, I swear, dressed like
a homeless man. And you know what
else was really strange? A
businessman and a woman with a
little dog appeared from nowhere
and forced him onto a bus.
MOTHER
About time they started cleaning
up the trash Downtown. We don't
want to end up like the rest of
the country.
TRUMAN
They never found Dad's body --
maybe somehow --
MOTHER
-- Darling --
TRUMAN
(already doubting himself)
I'm telling you, if it wasn't him,
it was his twin. Did Dad have a
brother?
MOTHER
You know he was an only child, like
you.
(placing a comforting
arm around him)
I know how bad you feel about what
happened -- sailing into that
storm. But I don't blame you,
Truman. I never have.
Mother kisses Truman on the cheek.
MOTHER
(referring to her platinum
blonde hair)
I was thinking about going lighter.
What do you think?
Truman regards his Mother. Her hair is already impossibly
blonde.
INT. TRUMAN'S BASEMENT - DUSK
The basement is cluttered with junk -- ships in bottles, a
train track without trains, an oxygen mask, a stringless
guitar, many abandoned projects. The basement is dimly lit
by a single, naked bulb. TRUMAN looks over his shoulder
before opening a large walk-in cupboard. On the cupboard door
is a wall map of the Pacific Ocean -- the Fiji Islands are
carefully circled. Amongst the many tools and household
implements inside the cupboard is a trunk under a dusty
canvas sheet. He pulls the trunk into the room, unfastens
the lock and opens the lid.
Inside, mementoes from his youth. A "HOW TO SAIL" book, a
stack of "GREAT EXPLORERS" magazines, and beneath it all, a
garment in a drycleaning bag. Truman carefully lifts up the
plastic to reveal a young woman's cardigan sweater. He puts
the cardigan to his nose and takes in its scent.
Footsteps. Truman hastily drops the cardigan in the trunk and
shuts the lid. MERYL's legs appear on the stairs.
MERYL
What're you doing down here?
TRUMAN
(turning attention to an
upturned mower on the
basement floor)
Fixing the mower.
(matter-of-fact)
I saw my father today.
MERYL
I know.
TRUMAN
(suspicious)
How do you know?
MERYL
Your mother called. You shouldn't
upset her like that.
Meryl's response takes the wind out of Truman's sails.
TRUMAN
What did you want?
MERYL
I made macaroni.
TRUMAN
I'm not hungry.
Meryl nods, not at all convinced.
MERYL
We really ought to toss that mower
out. Get one of those new Elk
Rotaries.
Truman does not reply. After an uncomfortable pause, she
turns back up the stairs.
Truman waits a moment before re-opening the trunk. He removes
the cardigan and holds it up, reminiscing.
INT. A KITCHEN SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
A MOTHER, DAUGHTER about 12, and a BABY in a highchair stare
into camera.
DAUGHTER
What's he doing?
MOTHER
They removed all physical trace of her
but they couldn't erase the memory.
DAUGHTER
The memory of who?
MOTHER
(finger to lips)
Shhh!
PLAYBACK MONTAGE - EXT. COLLEGE CAMPUS - STEPS - DAY
Once again the images appear to be playing on a television
screen.
On the steps of a typical college campus, TRUMAN, 21, in a
college band uniform, participates in a football pep rally.
MARLON, 21, a member of the football team, and MERYL, 21, a
cheerleader, are nearby. Truman observes an ethereal-looking
young woman walk by -- LAUREN.
PLAYBACK - INT. DANCEHALL - NIGHT
At a college dance, TRUMAN dances with MERYL. LAUREN dances
by with a PARTNER of her own. However, Truman only has eyes
for Lauren. Suddenly, she is escorted from the dance floor.
PLAYBACK - EXT. COLLEGE CAMPUS - STREET - DAY
TRUMAN almost trips off the curb as he waves to LAUREN, riding
towards him on a bicycle. However, she rides right by with
her nose in the air, not even acknowledging his presence --
Truman puzzled by her change of heart.
The montage ends at a scene in a college library.
PLAYBACK - INT. COLLEGE LIBRARY - NIGHT
In the school library, TRUMAN, 21, sits with MARLON, 21, and
wife-to-be, MERYL, 21, doing a final cram for a test. The
STUDENTS begin to pack up their books. Meryl gives Truman a
peck on the cheek.
MERYL
Come on, Truman. Haven't you
studied enough?
TRUMAN
I still want to look over a couple
of things.
MARLON
(punching Truman in a chummy
way on the arm, referring
to Truman's book)
Take the "C" average. That's what
I do.
Truman looks up from his books. The library is almost
deserted. He spies a GIRL's hand around the table divider.
Truman musters the nerve to poke his head over the divider.
He find LAUREN on the other side, buried in a book.
TRUMAN
Konichi-wa.
Lauren looks blank.
TRUMAN
(referring to the Japanese
text in front of her)
You take Japanese.
LAUREN
(quickly closing the book)
Oh, yes.
TRUMAN
(glancing to the name
carefully written on
the front of the book)
Lauren, right?
LAUREN
(as if unaware of her own name)
That's right. Lauren.
TRUMAN
(extending his hand)
I'm Truman, Truman Burbank--
LAUREN
-- I'm not allowed to talk to you.
Truman is not surprised.
TRUMAN
(resigned)
It's okay. I probably wouldn't
talk to me either.
LAUREN
(softening)
I'm sorry. It's not up to me.
TRUMAN
(crestfallen)
You have a boyfriend? Of course
you do.
Lauren looks about her, unsure.
LAUREN
No... I, er...
TRUMAN
(hopeful once again)
No? Really? Good, I mean, I
thought possibly a pizza. How
about Friday?
LAUREN
No.
TRUMAN
Saturday?
Lauren looks around the almost-deserted library.
TRUMAN
Actually, I'm free Sunday.
LAUREN
Now.
TRUMAN
Right now? We've got finals
tomorrow.
LAUREN
If we don't go now, it won't happen.
Truman hesitates.
LAUREN
(impatient, looking
anxiously around)
Well, what do you want to do?
TRUMAN
(closing his books, still a
little uncertain)
I think I've studied enough.
PLAYBACK - EXT. VARIOUS LOCATIONS NEAR SEAHAVEN COLLEGE - NIGHT
LAUREN, taking TRUMAN by the hand, runs down various streets
and paths through the campus. She occasionally pauses and
looks about her, often changing direction or looking up at
streetlights and the towers of houses along their route, as if
trying to elude an unseen pursuer.
The excited and apprehensive Truman runs with her although he
is unsure exactly who, or what, they are running from.
The further they get from the campus, the higher, wider and
less effective the coverage of the scene -- some camera angles
are even partially obscured.
PLAYBACK - EXT. HIGHWAY - WESTERN END OF TOWN - NIGHT
TRUMAN and LAUREN eventually cross an empty highway on the
edge of town.
They run over the dunes onto a strangely deserted beach and
down to the water's edge under a hyper-real full moon. Lauren
throws off her cardigan and hitches up her skirt, wading out
into the inviting water without another thought. Truman
stares down, transfixed by the shimmering water.
LAUREN
(splashing)
It's beautiful! What are you
waiting for?
TRUMAN
(nervous)
I... I can't.
Lauren suddenly stops splashing.
LAUREN
That's right. Oh, God, I'm sorry.
She wades out of the water.
TRUMAN
(confused)
Why, Lauren? You've got nothing
to be sorry about?
Lauren, dripping wet, stands besides Truman at the shoreline.
She meets his gaze.
LAUREN
My name's not Lauren. It's a
Sylvia.
Truman looks into her eyes and believes her. Truman wipes the
water from her face, then leans forward and gently kisses her
lips. She kisses him back.
INT. A BAR SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
In a quiet bar room, a WAITRESS explains her viewpoint to the
BARMAN. A PATRON on a barstool eavesdrops.
WAITRESS
Don't you get it? She was willing
to lose him, lose everything, if
it meant he could find himself.
(registering the barman's
blank look)
Never mind. You wouldn't understand.
PLAYBACK - EXT. BEACH - NIGHT
As we return to Truman's reminiscence, TRUMAN and SYLVIA (as
she is now called throughout the remainder of the movie) sit
on the sand at the water's edge. With great delicacy, Truman
traces the outline of her nose with his finger, at the same
time inhaling her scent. Sylvia looks nervously around her.
Truman goes to say something, but Sylvia hushes him.
SYLVIA
They're coming. Any minute.
TRUMAN
(looking around the
deserted beach)
Who?
SYLVIA
They're going to stop me talking
to you.
TRUMAN
(confused)
There's no one here.
SYLVIA
(looking over her shoulder
nervously)
Just listen. You remember when
you were a little boy, you stood
up in class and said you wanted to
be an explorer like Magellan--
TRUMAN
(incredulous)
-- How do you know about that?
SYLVIA
-- And your teacher said, "You're
too late, Truman. There's nothing
left to explore."
TRUMAN
Were you there -- how do you know?
SYLVIA
-- It doesn't matter. Everybody
knows about it. They know
everything you do. The point is,
you got scared.
TRUMAN
I don't understand.
SYLVIA
(looking over her shoulder,
increasingly nervous)
You must listen. Everybody's
pretending, Truman.
She points to the sky and scoops up the sea at their feet.
SYLVIA
You think this is real? It's all
for you. A show.
(frustrated, raving)
The eyes are everywhere. They're
watching you -- right now.
Suddenly a car's headlights come bouncing over the dunes. The
car roars across the beach towards he couple.
SYLVIA
(scared)
I told you, Truman!
The car skids to a stop and a large MAN, 40ish, with a shock
of red hair, jumps from the car. The man yanks the frightened
Sylvia to her feet, causing her cardigan to fall to the ground.
MAN
(to Sylvia, oddly sympathetic)
Lauren, sweetheart, not again.
Get in the car!
Truman jumps in.
TRUMAN
Hey, who the hell are you?!
MAN
I'm her father!
TRUMAN
We weren't doing anything.
SYLVIA
He's not my father! He's just
saying that! Does he look
anything like me?!
MAN
Come on, Sweetheart.
The Man gently, but firmly, pushes Sylvia towards his car.
Sylvia resists. Truman crosses to them.
TRUMAN
I'll take care of her!
The Man takes Truman aside and whispers in his ear.
MAN
(whispered, out of
Sylvia's earshot)
Schizophrenia. She has episodes.
Doubts start crowding into Truman's head.
SYLVIA
(calling out from the car)
Don't listen to him, Truman. I'm
telling you the truth!
MAN
(getting into the car)
Don't bother! We're moving to...
Fiji -- the Fiji Island! This
place has done something to her
head.
INT. A DIMLY-LIT ROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT - PRESENT
CHRISTOF stares intently into camera. Beside him is his
assistant, CHLOE, an androgynous-looking young woman. She too
stares into camera.
CHRISTOF
At least he didn't say "New York
City."
PLAYBACK - EXT. BEACH - NIGHT
TRUMAN stares after the car as it roars away. He turns back
toward the ocean where his attention is caught by an object
lying on the sand -- Sylvia's cardigan.
INT. TRUMAN'S BASEMENT - NIGHT - PRESENT
TRUMAN carefully places the cardigan back into the trunk.
INT. A KITCHEN SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
MOTHER, DAUGHTER and BABY stare into camera.
DAUGHTER
But why didn't he just follow her
to Fiji?
MOTHER
Because his mother got sick -- very
sick. He couldn't leave her. He's
a kind boy, maybe too kind.
DAUGHTER
I can't believe he married Meryl on
the rebound.
INT. BASEMENT - NIGHT
TRUMAN turns his attention to the framed photograph of Meryl
that he carries everywhere. Hidden behind her photo is a
composite picture of Sylvia which Truman has constructed by
pasting together individual facial features -- nose, mouth,
ears, chin, hair -- gathered, presumably, from women's
magazines. He attempts to put the jigsaw puzzle together --
although he has particular difficulty finding a pair of eyes
that match.
From his pocket he takes a recent collection of eyes which,
like a detective working on an identikit picture, he tries to
match. They are still not quite right.
INT. AN APARTMENT SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
The eyes of a YOUNG WOMAN -- blue-green eyes. She turns
slightly, looking directly into camera. We pull back to reveal
her face -- SYLVIA.
EXT. TRUMAN'S STREET - EARLY MORNING
Dawn breaks over Truman's street. On cue, the sound of birds.
EXT. STREET OUTSIDE TRUMAN'S HOUSE - MORNING
TRUMAN leaves the house, lost in thought. SPENCER is taking
out the trash.
SPENCER
How's it going, Truman?
Truman hardly acknowledges Spencer. PLUTO the dog fails to
receive his usual pat. The wave from the WASHINGTON's across
the street is also not returned.
INT/EXT. CAR/STREET OUTSIDE TRUMAN'S HOUSE - DAY
TRUMAN motors down the street, switching on the car radio as
usual.
RADIO ANNOUNCER
-- Don't forget to buckle up out
there in radioland. It's another
glorious... morning... innn...
Seaaa... haaaa... vennn... f...
o... o... k... k...
The Announcer's voice slows down -- now revealing itself to be
a tape that has worn out. Truman, perplexed, looks at the
radio and pushes buttons in an attempt to find another station.
He finds one.
FEMALE VOICE
(from radio)
... west on Stewart... he's making
a right on Holden...
Truman glances up at the street signs along his route and finds
that they correspond exactly with the streets quoted on the
radio. Distracted, he almost bowls over an OLD LADY on a
crosswalk.
MALE VOICE
(from radio)
... God, he almost hit Marilyn!
He's on the move again, passing
the library...
Truman, readjusts the radio as it starts to fade out.
Suddenly, there is a piercing blast of feedback. He looks up
and, as far as the eye can see, every PEDESTRIAN, MOTORIST and
SHOPKEEPER along the street suddenly winces in pain and holds
their right ear at exactly the same moment.
MALE VOICE
(from radio, in distress
himself)
... Something's wrong. Change
frequencies...
Truman tries to pick up the channel once again but without
success.
EXT. PARKING LOT - MORNING
TRUMAN sits in his car, drinking his coffee, taking in the
recent incident. From inside the adjacent school, he hears
the familiar, excited squeals and chatter of SCHOOL CHILDREN.
Truman suddenly throws aside his coffee and sprints across the
parking lot and into the school.
INT. SEAHAVEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - MORNING
TRUMAN slams through the front doors into the reception area.
It is deserted, no one stationed at the administration desk,
the corridors empty. He runs down a vacant corridor, finally
standing outside a classroom. The children's' voice can still
be heard from inside. Truman bursts through the door.
The room is empty save for a large reel-to-reel tape recorder
on the teacher's desk playing a continuous tape of children's'
voices. The recorder is attached to speakers on tall stands
facing the ventilation ducts. Truman stares at the machine in
disbelief.
EXT. STREET - DOWNTOWN - DAY
TRUMAN, still lost in thought, exits the school. He stops at
the newsstand and picks up a magazine to resume his ritual
search, but his heart is not in it. He replaces the magazine
without taking a cutting -- much to the surprise of the NEWS
VENDOR.
Truman starts his trek to work, pausing to stare at his
reflection in the mirrored building, hoping that the Homeless
Man will appear once again at his side. No one joins him.
EXT. DOWNTOWN STREET - DAY
Entering his own building with fellow OFFICE WORKERS, TRUMAN
remains in the revolving door and re-emerges on the street.
EXT. CITY STREET - DAY
TRUMAN wanders aimlessly through a city park, observing. We
sense, truly observing for the first time.
A YOUNG WOMAN walks a pair of AFGHAN HOUNDS. An OLD MAN
answers the incessant questions of his GRANDCHILD. Nothing
appears amiss, Truman takes a seat at a small, outdoor cafe.
He fidgets with his father's ring on his finger that contains
one large stone, still looking for a false move.
A DELIVERY MAN unloads boxes from the back of his truck and
carries them into a store. Further down the street
CONSTRUCTION WORKERS take their time tending to an electrical
repair in an exposed manhole. A POSTAL WORKER does his rounds.
An OLD WOMAN struggles with two heavy shopping bags.
Everybody appears natural, places to go.
INT. A DIMLY-LIT ROOM SOMEWHERE - DAY
CHRISTOF and CHOLE stare into camera. Christof leans forward
and speaks.
CHRISTOF
... Everybody stay focussed.
Remember who you are.
EXT. CAFE - DAY
TRUMAN turns his attention to a group of CUBAN-LOOKING MEN at
the only other occupied table at the cafe. We see extreme
close-ups as Truman scans the men's faces for any sign of
phoniness. They are talking loudly, making suggestive
comments to the WAITRESS. Their behavior passes the test --
all seems genuine.
Then, Truman notices TWO JOGGERS out for a morning run, making
their way down the street towards him. Truman happens to
glance at the sneakers of one of the joggers. He suddenly
springs to his feet. Truman blocks the joggers.
TRUMAN
It's you... isn't it?
The Joggers attempt to sidestep Truman.
JOGGER 1
Excuse me.
TRUMAN
Remember? Two days ago I gave you
my meatball sandwich in the park.
You were in a wheelchair. Same
sneakers.
The jogger looks down at his distinctive sneakers bearing the
initials, "T.S.", and visibly blanches.
JOGGER 2
(coming to his companion's
aid)
Get the hell out of here.
The second jogger roughly shoves Truman aside. Truman calls
out after the two men.
TRUMAN
(ironically referring to
the jogger's new-found
mobility)
It's a miracle!
Truman picks himself up, dusting dirt from his suit. He
retrieves his briefcase and continues down the street with
renewed purpose.
EXT. DOWNTOWN STREET - DAY
Wandering down the bustling street, TRUMAN suddenly bolts into
a building at random.
INT. OFFICE BUILDING - DAY
An imposing office building clad in the kind of reflective
glass that shields its occupants from the world -- a building
Truman passes every day. A steady stream of EMPLOYEES and
VISITORS enters and exit the building's high-ceilinged lobby
past an intimidating security desk manned by TWO UNIFORMED
GUARDS. Beyond security are banks of elevators, ferrying
executives, clerical staff and delivery personnel to and from
their floors of business.
Truman abruptly enters reception and strides confidently past
the security desk trying to look as if he belongs.
SECURITY GUARD 1
(to Truman)
Can I help?
TRUMAN
(sneaking a glance at the
building directory)
I have an appointment at, er,
Gable Enterprises.
SECURITY GUARD 1
They went bust.
The second Security Guard is rising from his seat to block
Truman's path to the elevators, but Truman reads his mind and
makes a dash for it -- into one of the elevators.
A YOUNG WOMAN in the elevator looks in horror at Truman --
the cause of her concern all too apparent. Looking beyond the
Woman, Truman discovers that there is no back to the elevator
car. The PEOPLE Truman has just witnessed entering other
elevators are milling around a refreshment table, primping or
sitting on folding chairs. Gradually, they all turn to gape
at Truman, who in turn stares back, appalled. Truman's view
is abruptly blocked as a rear panel is hastily attached to the
elevator. A Security Guard pulls Truman from the car.
TRUMAN
What's going on?
SECURITY GUARD 1
(glancing to the lights above
the elevator, trying to
appear innocent)
Nothing.
Truman observes the upward progress of the elevator via the
light display above the doorway. Before he has time to make
sense of it, the guards drag him away.
SECURITY GUARD 2
You've got to leave.
The guards frog-march Truman out of the facade towards an
Emergency Exit.
TRUMAN
Just tell me what's going on?
SECURITY GUARD 2
We're re-modeling.
TRUMAN
No, you're not!! What were those
people doing in there?
SECURITY GUARD 1
(shrugs)
It's none of my business.
(ushering Truman off the
property)
None of yours, either.
TRUMAN
(not going quietly)
You don't tell me what's really
going on, I'll report you.
TRUMAN continues to struggle as he GUARDS usher him to the
street.
SECURITY GUARD 2
For what? You're trespassing!
EXT. DOWNTOWN STREET - DAY
TRUMAN continues to struggle as the GUARDS unceremoniously
dump him on the pavement. He picks himself up, head reeling,
and starts to run along the street. He suddenly enters
another building at random. An office blocck with a bank on
the ground floor.
Truman rushes to the elevators. The lights above the doors
show all the elevator on upper floors. Frantic pressing of
the elevator button gets no response. A RECEPTIONIST rises
from her desk. Truman heads for the stairs, but is
intercepted by a BANK OFFICIAL barring his way.
TRUMAN
I want to...
The Bank Official, the Receptionist, and a BANK TELLER back
Truman towards the door.
BANK OFFICIAL
... Open an account?
TRUMAN
Yes. Er, why not?
RECEPTIONIST
Savings or checking?
BANK OFFICIAL
Let's go up to my office.
Truman hurriedly exits the bank.
EXT. STREET - DAY
Back on the street, TRUMAN feels the eyes of the PEDESTRIANS.
Is he simply drawing attention to himself by his behavior?
Truman wheels around, trying to make eye contact with
passersby. They shy away. He continues to run down the
street.
Finally, Truman finds himself standing in front of the window
of an electronics store staring at his own face on a TV set.
It is taking a feed from a camcorder aimed out the store
window.
INT. A BATHROOM SOMEWHERE - DAY
A MAN stares into camera from a bath of stale water -- a layer
of soap scum on the top.
MAN
Don't look at me, pal.
EXT. STREET - ELECTRONICS STORE - DAY
TRUMAN shudders at his video reflection. Further down the
street, he notices Marlon's van parked outside a supermarket.
INT. SUPERMARKET - DAY
The door of a vending machine is open. MARLON, half inside
the machine, loads a stack of Baby Ruth candy bars into one
of the dispensing slots. The paranoid TRUMAN appears at his
shoulder.
TRUMAN
Marlon--
MARLON
(startled)
-- Truman, what are you doing here?
Truman looks nervously around him. Even the STORE OWNER's
friendly nod from behind the counter is cause for suspicion in
Truman's mind.
TRUMAN
(whisper)
I've got to talk to you.
MARLON
Sorry, I'm way behind.
TRUMAN
I'm onto something, Marlon --
something big.
MARLON
Are you okay? You look like shit.
TRUMAN
I think I'm mixed up in something.
MARLON
Mixed up? Mixed up in what?
TRUMAN
There's no point in trying to
explain it, but a lot of strange
things have been happening --
elevators that don't go anywhere,
people talking about me on the
radio, you know what I mean?
MARLON
(bemused)
No. Truman, if this is another
one of your fantasies...
TRUMAN
I think it's got something to do
with my dad.
MARLON
Your Dad?!
TRUMAN
(looking around nervously)
I think he's alive. I'll tell you
about it later. I'm definitely
being followed.
MARLON
(looking around, instantly
protective)
Who?
TRUMAN
It's hard to tell. They look just
like regular people.
MARLON
(referring to an OLD
COUPLE entering the deli)
How about them?
TRUMAN
(seriously considering
the possibility)
Could be. Beard looks phony.
(leaning closer to Marlon)
It's when I'm unpredictable. They
can't stand that. That's why we've
got to get out of here. Can you
come with me?
MARLON
(closing up the vending
machine)
I told you I can't.
TRUMAN
I've got to show you something.
Truman fixes Marlon with a look of deadly seriousness.
MARLON
(weakening)
Christ, Truman. You're gonna get
both our asses fired.
EXT. SEAHAVEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - DAY
TRUMAN hurries MARLON up the school steps. The sound of
children's voices continues to drift out from inside the
building. Truman and Marlon storm into the school reception
area -- still empty.
INT. SCHOOL CORRIDOR - DAY
TRUMAN and MARLON stand outside the classroom, the source of
the children's voices. Truman throws his friend an "I-told-
you-so" look and swings open the door with a flourish.
INT. CLASSROOM - DAY
The once-empty classroom is now full of SCHOOL CHILDREN in an
art class. A hush falls over the students and all eyes turn
to TRUMAN and MARLON.
TEACHER
(gesturing to two unoccupied
easels)
Would you care to join us?
EXT. CLIFFTOP - DUSK
Hand-over-hand, TRUMAN climbs the cliff he once scaled as a
seven-year-old. Finally, he sits on the clifftop, staring out
at the view his father had been so desperate for him not to
see twenty-six years earlier. However, the deserted bay
beyond is identical to its neighbor. MARLON, laboring, crests
the rise and joins his friend on the clifftop.
MARLON
What're we doing here, Truman?
TRUMAN
This is where it started.
MARLON
What exactly?
TRUMAN
Things. Things that doesn't fit.
(another thought occurs)
Maybe I'm being set up for
something. You ever feel like
that, Marlon? Like your whole
life has been building to something?
MARLON
(blank)
No.
TRUMAN
(ignoring the remark)
When you were hauling chickens for
Kaiser Poultry, what was the
furthest you ever went off the
island?
MARLON
I went all over but I never found
a place like this.
(nodding to the setting sun)
Look at that sunset, Truman. It's
perfect.
TRUMAN
(in a daze)
Yeah...
MARLON
(glancing heavenwards)
That's the "Big Guy." Quite a
paintbrush he's got.
TRUMAN
Just between you and me, Marlon,
I'm going away for a while.
MARLON
Really?
INT. LIVING ROOM - TRUMAN'S HOUSE - NIGHT
Truman sits cramped on his sofa. Pulling wider, we discover
the cause of his discomfort. He is sandwiched between MERYL
on one side and MOTHER on the other. Mother, the family
historian, a stack of photograph albums at her feet, turns the
pages of the album on Truman's lap.
TRUMAN
We ought to be getting you back,
Mother.
MOTHER
Hold on a minute, dear.
(pointing out a photo
in the album)
Here's us at Mount Rushmore. You
remember, Truman -- when Dad was
still with us -- that was quite a
drive. You slept all the way
there.
TRUMAN
(taking an interest in
the monument)
It looks so small.
MOTHER
(quickly turning the page)
Things always do -- when you look
back.
Mother skips several pages in the album, finally stopping at a
spread of wedding photos.
MERYL
Look, Truman, there's my cousin
Errol putting the bouquet down his
pants -- it was the happiest day
of our lives.
MOTHER
(referring to Meryl)
Didn't she look beautiful, Truman?
She still does.
Mother turns to a blank page in the album.
MOTHER
And there's plenty of room for baby
photos. I'd like to hold a
grandchild in my arms--
(dabbing her eye with
a handkerchief)
-- before I go.
Meryl rises from the sofa and helps Mother to her walker.
MERYL
I'll take you home, Angela.
(referring to the album)
Why don't you leave those with us
for a while?
TRUMAN
(kissing his emotional
mother)
Good night, Mother.
MERYL
(a wink to Truman)
See you in a minute, sweetheart.
Meryl departs with Mother. Left alone in the living room,
Truman slumps back down onto the sofa and switches on the
television set -- an old-fashioned model with rabbit-ears. He
idly studies the photograph album as an over-earnest
television HOST announces the upcoming program.
TV HOST
-- Tonight's golden-oldies is the
enduring, much-loved classic,
"Show Me The Way To Go Home." A
hymn of praise to small-town life
where we learn that you don't have
to leave home to discover what the
world is all about and that no one
is poor who has friends...
However, when we turn our attention away from the television,
we find that Truman is peering intently at a wedding
photograph of Meryl and himself taking their vows in a civil
ceremony in a beachside gazebo. Under the scrutiny of a
magnifying glass, he discovers that Meryl has her fingers
crossed.
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
The TWO LADIES sit on their sofa, a rug across their knees,
sipping a night cap of hot chocolate. They stare into camera.
OLD LADY 1
Remember at the wedding -- that
dog?
OLD LADY 2
Started howling when they took
their vows.
OLD LADY 1
And the plastic horseshoe fell off
when they cut the cake.
OLD LADY 2
(shaking her head ruefully)
They never had a chance.
INT. KITCHEN - MORNING
TRUMAN, dressed casually in weekend attire, is at the stove
preparing an omelette. MERYL hurries into the kitchen in her
nurse's uniform. She gulps down a cup of coffee and reaches
for her nurse's cap.
However, she still has time to adjust the position of a pack
of "FibreCon Cereal" -- squaring it a little more to camera.
TRUMAN
I have to talk with you.
(looking about, suspicious)
But not here. Let's go for a
walk.
MERYL
(kissing him on the cheek)
I'm sorry, I'm late.
TRUMAN
What's the hurry?
MERYL
Surgery. The elevator disaster
downtown on the new last night.
Cable snapped, a car dropped ten
floors. Non-union contractors.
Monsters. We're starting with an
amputation.
Truman's eyes widen. Meryl adjusts her hat in the mirror.
MERYL
That building's near yours.
Imagine it you'd been in there for
some reason. It doesn't bear
thinking about.
Truman, lost in thought, picks up the scalding frying pan with
his bare hand. Letting out a howl of pain, he drops the pan.
TRUMAN
Arrah!
MERYL
Oh, my God!
TRUMAN
What do I do?
MERYL
I don't know--
TRUMAN
-- you're a nurse, aren't you?
MERYL
Put some butter on it -- or once?
She looks up the kitchen clock.
MERYL
(hurrying out the door)
Oh, look at the time.
Truman stares after her, the pain of his hand forgotten for
the moment. He watched Meryl ride her bicycle down the
driveway. Truman exits the house.
EXT. SEAHAVEN STREET/HOSPITAL/PARKING LOT - DAY
Riding a bicycle of his own, TRUMAN follows MERYL to work,
staying a safe distance back. He watches her enter the
hospital.
INT. HOSPITAL - DAY
TRUMAN makes his way along various corridors. All seems as it
should -- DOCTORS confer with NURSING STAFF and PATIENTS,
gurneys are wheeled about with their PASSENGERS looking
suitably traumatized. Truman approaches a NURSING SISTER.
TRUMAN
I'm looking for my wife -- Nurse
Burbank. It's important.
NURSE
(checking her clipboard)
I'm afraid that's impossible --
she's in pre-op.
TRUMAN
Sure. Okay. Fine. Can you pass
on a message?
NURSE
I'll try.
TRUMAN
Tell her, tell her... I had to go
to Fiji. I'll call her when I
get there.
NURSE
When you get to Fiji?
TRUMAN
You got it.
NURSE
Fine. I'll tell her.
The nurse walks off, disappearing through a set of doors.
Truman hesitates before following her.
INT. VARIOUS HOSPITAL CORRIDORS - DAY
The NURSE walks briskly -- fewer people about, TRUMAN
discreetly following behind. The nurse breaks into a jog.
Truman hurries to keep up with her -- dodging around gurneys,
JANITORS mopping floors.
INT. OUTSIDE OPERATING THEATRE - DAY
The NURSE, hastily scrubbed and gowned, enters the theatre.
TRUMAN hesitates but dares not enter. He grabs a mask of his
own.
Looking through the glass window in the operating theatre
door, he sees the YOUNG WOMAN (seen in the hastily fixed
elevator car the day before) lying on the operating table, a
blood-soaked bandage covering her left leg. MERYL, wearing a
surgical gown and mask, assists the SURGEON. The SISTER
hovers nervously in the background.
SURGEON
Scalpel.
Meryl very slowly selects a scalpel from a tray of instruments
and awkwardly hands it to the surgeon.
SURGEON
I'm now making my primary incision
just above the left knee.
The patient's eyes blink open in horror. The ANESTHETIST
steps in Truman's view before he can get a good look.
Suddenly, a SECURITY GUARD appears beside Truman and takes
him by the arm.
SECURITY GUARD
(referring to the operation)
This isn't gonna be pretty. Unless
you're family of the patient, I'll
have to ask you to leave.
TRUMAN
No problem. I don't want to cause
any trouble.
INT. AGENCY - DAY
TRUMAN takes a seat at the only desk in an empty travel
agency. The travel brochures and posters that adorn the
walls all feature destinations that bear a striking
similarity to picturesque Seahaven. Another poster spells
out the dangers of travel -- "TRAVELLERS BEWARE -- Terrorists,
Disease, Wild Animals, Street Gangs." A female TRAVEL AGENT
enters from a rear door.
AGENT
I'm sorry to keep you. How can I
help?
TRUMAN
I want to book a flight to Fiji.
AGENT
Where exactly?
TRUMAN
(believing she is being
deliberately obtuse)
Fiji.
AGENT
(a grace of condescension)
Where in Fiji? What island?
TRUMAN
I'm sorry, er... the biggest one.
AGENT
(entering the destination
in her computer)
Viti Levu. For how many?
TRUMAN
(finding the question suspicious)
One.
AGENT
When do you want to leave,
remembering, of course, you do lose
a day on the way there?
TRUMAN
Today.
AGENT
(reading off her computer
screen)
I'm sorry. I don't have anything
for at least a month.
TRUMAN
(suspicious)
A month.
AGENT
(patently explaining)
It's the busy season.
TRUMAN
(paranoia showing)
You are a travel agent, aren't you?
(reading her nametag)
"Doris"? Your job is to help
people travel.
AGENT
(showing amazing restraint)
I do have a fabulous rate on a
cruise ship departing for Fiji
tomorrow. But you wouldn't want
to do that.
TRUMAN
Why wouldn't I?
AGENT
I thought you were in a hurry.
TRUMAN
(calming down)
That's right.
AGENT
You want to book the flight?
TRUMAN
It doesn't matter. I'll make other
arrangements.
EXT. CITY STREET - DAY
Emerging onto the street, TRUMAN looks across to the building
which he entered the previous day. It is now cordoned off
with police tape after the elevator disaster. Flowers have
been laid at the doorway.
EXT. GREYHOUND BUS STATION - DAY
A Greyhound Bus, bound for "CHICAGO" according to its
destination sign, sits idling at the stop. Just as a burly
SUPERVISOR is about to wave the bus on its way, TRUMAN dashes
into the station.
BUS DRIVER
Last call for Chicago.
Truman jumps onto the bus behind the last boarding passenger
-- a YOUNG SOLDIER.
TRUMAN
(to the Bus Driver, as he
boards the bus)
Windy City, here we come.
INT. GREYHOUND BUS - DAY
TRUMAN takes a seat by a window. An awkward silence descends
over the bus. The other passengers -- a MOTHER with a
restless CHILD, several TOURISTS, an OLD COUPLE and the YOUNG
SOLDIER -- all stare stiffly straight ahead, averting their
eyes from Truman.
No one is more uncomfortable than the BUS DRIVER. Beads of
perspiration on his head, he fumbles for the gear shift,
apparently unsure how to operate it. The gears grind.
The OTHER PASSENGERS try not to notice. The CHILD, tugging
her MOTHER's sleeve, points to Truman. Her mother makes her
face the front of the bus. Finally the SUPERVISOR enters the
bus.
SUPERVISOR
Everybody off. We've got a problem.
The relieved passengers hurriedly exit until Truman is the
only one remaining on the bus. The Bus Driver looks almost
sorry for Truman who sits resolutely in his seat -- the hint
of a tear of frustration in his eyes.
BUS DRIVER
(softly)
I'm sorry, son.
INT. A BAR SOMEWHERE - DAY
The bar seen earlier. A small group of PATRONS discuss
developments. The WAITRESS seems upset, occasionally
glancing to camera as se pours a beer.
PATRON 1
Why would he want to go to Chicago?
Who does he know from there?
PATRON 2
His doctor came from Chicago, didn't
he?
PATRON 1
Wasn't his father from Chicago?
WAITRESS
(upset)
He's not going to Chicago. He's not
going anywhere. He has to have it
out with Meryl.
EXT. STREET - TRUMAN'S BICYCLE - DAY
As TRUMAN rides home with his bicycle, he stares wildly about
him -- the rearview mirror on his bicycle is suddenly cause
for concern, so are the trees and streetlamps lining the
roadway.
EXT. TRUMAN'S BACKYARD - DAY
TRUMAN, staring at the highway from the bottom of the garden,
doesn't bother to look up as MERYL, still wearing her nurse's
uniform, approaches.
TRUMAN
(referring to a distant
car on the expressway)
See that car way down there? I bet
it's a Suburu station wagon.
Meryl looks idly over the fence at the approaching car.
Finally, a Suburu station wagon motors by. Meryl is
unimpressed. Truman turns his back on the highway to
continue his game.
TRUMAN
I predict the next four cars will
be a white Honda Civic, a blue and
white Dodge Dart with the front
hubcap missing, a Volkswagen
Beetle with a dented fender and a
motorcycle.
Meryl doesn't wish to participate in the game and makes for
the house. Truman holds her arm, forcing her to watch. He
turns to check his prediction. A convoy of cars approaches.
TRUMAN
There's the Honda... the Dodge...
here comes that dented Beetle...
Meryl's attention wavers. Truman tightens his grip.
TRUMAN
Look!
Following the VW is a school bus.
MERYL
(mocking)
Where's the motorcycle?
Truman is momentarily disappointed.
TRUMAN
Don't you want to know how I did
that?
A motorcycle putters by. Meryl turns and walks back to the
house. He hurries after her.
MERYL
I invited Marlon and Rita for a
barbecue Sunday. I thought I'd
make my potato salad. Remind me--
TRUMAN
I won't be here Sunday.
MERYL
-- we need more charcoal.
TRUMAN
Are you listening to a word I'm
saying?
MERYL
You're upset because you want to go
to Fiji. Is that it?
Truman is puzzled by her conciliatory tone.
MERYL
Okay, do it. Get it out of your
system. Save for a few months and
go. There. Happy now? I'm going
to take a shower.
She turns away.
TRUMAN
(catching her wrist)
Let's go now.
MERYL
What?!
Despite her protests, Truman drags Meryl towards his car.
TRUMAN
(as he shoves her
into the car)
I'm ready to go now. Why wait?
INT. TRUMAN'S CAR - DAY
TRUMAN holds MERYL's wrist to stop her exiting the car and
accelerates out of the driveway in reverse without looking --
almost running over PLUTO the dog and SPENCER with his
garbage can.
Truman starts circling a gazebo at the center of a roundabout,
faster and faster.
TRUMAN
Where shall we go? Where shall we
go? Spontaneity is what it's all
about. Forget Fiji. We can't very
well drive to Fiji, can we? What
about Atlantic City?
MERYL
(trying to mask her
anxiety)
You hate gambling.
TRUMAN
That's right. I do, don't I?
MERYL
So why do you want to go?
TRUMAN
Because I never have. That's why
you go places, isn't it?
MERYL
Truman, I think I'm going to throw
up.
Truman roars off down the street.
TRUMAN
Me too.
Almost immediately, Truman encounters a traffic snarl.
TRUMAN
(a magic edge to his voice)
So much traffic, this time of day.
Does that strike you as peculiar?
Without warning, Truman suddenly drives down a sidestreet.
But his move is anticipated. At the end of the street, a
pack of cars suddenly appears. Other vehicles fill the gap
behind.
TRUMAN
(to Meryl, marveling)
Blocked at every turn. Beautifully
synchronized, don't you agree?
MERYL
(incredulous)
You blaming me for the traffic?
TRUMAN
Should I?
Truman reverses suddenly and makes a U-turn.
TRUMAN
You're right. We could be stuck
here for hours. Could be like this
all the way to Atlantic City. Let's
go back. I'm sorry. I don't know
what got into me.
Truman starts heading back the way they came, the roadway now
relatively free of traffic.
MERYL
Would you please slow down, Truman?
Truman floors the car. The car flies past their house.
MERYL
Truman, that was our house!
TRUMAN
I've changed my mind again. What's
New Orleans like this time of year?
Mardi Gras. Or let's just see where
the road takes us.
MERYL
(pleading)
Let me out, Truman. You're not
right in the head. You want to
destroy yourself, you do it on your
own!
TRUMAN
(eerily calm)
I think I'd like a little company.
As he speeds erratically, Truman glances at the streets on
either side of the main road where he discovers a distinct
lack of moving traffic.
TRUMAN
(to the anxious Meryl
at his side)
Look, Meryl. No cars! I don't run
into traffic. The traffic follows
me around.
(excited by is discovery)
We're in a moving pack, don't you
see?
INT/EXT. TRUMAN'S CAR - BRIDGE - DAY
But TRUMAN 's clear path is short-lived. He is forced to
slow once again behind a line of other cars at a bridge.
TRUMAN
(to Meryl)
It's hard to go places, isn't it?
MERYL
(looking up ahead at
an overturned car)
There's been an accident, Truman.
TRUMAN
Uh-huh. There's no accident. It's
just more stalling.
Truman floors the car again and swerves into the oncoming
lane. He roars along the bridge on the wrong side of the
road. Near the end of the bridge, a distraught MOTORIST
dashes into the middle of the road, waving his arms. Truman
slams on the brakes.
MOTORIST
(pointing to a small BOY
lying very still on the
ground beside a wrecked
car)
-- is there a doctor, a nurse?
MERYL
Truman, it's a child. I've got to
help--
TRUMAN
(hardly glancing to the boy)
He'll be fine.
Truman roars on, almost bowling over the concerned motorist.
MERYL
Truman, I took the "hypocrite" oath!
TRUMAN
I bet you did.
Truman roars past a sign that reads, "YOU ARE NOW LEAVING
SEAHAVEN -- Are you sure that's a good idea?"
Back at the accident scene, the little boy, apparently
uninjured, sits up.
INT/EXT. CAR - DAY
They roar pass an illuminated sign -- "FOREST FIRE WARNING --
Extreme Danger"
MERYL
Truman, what about that sign?
TRUMAN
I'm sure they're just exaggerating.
Suddenly, a 20-foot high wall of flame shoots across the
roadway in front of them -- as if someone flicked on a gas
switch.
MERYL
What about that -- do you believe
that?!
TRUMAN experiences his first moment of doubt. He looks to
the terrified MERYL, then closes his eyes tightly and
accelerates through the fire wall. He is startled to find
that they have emerged on the other side, singed but
unscathed.
However, the open road in front of them now disturbs Truman
for a different reason -- its sheer lack of anything unusual.
Signs along the road advertise motels and give directions to
other destinations -- "I-6211 -- 2 miles," "Notel Motel --
Pool, Color TV."
Meryl also now appears to be resigned to the journey.
MERYL
So what do we do for money when we
get to New Orleans?
TRUMAN
(not so confident now)
I've got my Seahaven Bankcard.
MERYL
So we just eat into our savings, is
that the idea? I'd better call your
mother when we get there. She'll be
worried sick -- I don't know how
she's going to take this.
Truman appears very unsure of himself.
EXT. ROADWAY - DAY
However, there is still a barrier between TRUMAN and Bourbon
Street. The highway, leading to a cloverleaf freeway
junction in the distance, is completely blocked off by
Seahaven police cars. No way past. Nuclear silos in the
distance spew out an ominous puff of smoke. A sign reads,
"SEAHAVEN ISLAND NUCLEAR POWER STATION -- Clean, Safe,
Economical -- More Power To You!"
Truman is forced to slow at the police barricade.
TRUMAN
Now what?
OFFICER
(grim-faced, indicating
the nearby power plant)
Leak at the plant. They had to shut
her down.
TRUMAN
Is there any way around?
OFFICER
The whole area's being evacuated.
TRUMAN
Well, thank you for your help.
OFFICER
You're welcome, Truman.
Truman's eyes widen at the mention of his name from an
apparent stranger. As the officer turns, Truman bolts from
the car, leaving MERYL in the passenger seat.
MERYL
Truman!! Come back!!
Truman flees into the forest.
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE - DAY
The TWO OLD LADIES we have observed before are almost
overcome with tension. One lady reaches out for her
companion's hand.
EXT. FOREST NEAR SEAHAVEN NUCLEAR POWER PLANT - DAY
TRUMAN bursts past the alien-looking HAZARDOUS WATER WORKERS
in their protective suits carrying detection instruments.
The workers give chase in their cumbersome suits, trying to
cut off his path.
Nearing the edge of the forest, Truman hears the sound of
hammers and saws. But before he has time to see the source
of the sound, he is tackled to the ground.
As SEAHAVEN POLICE OFFICERS drag him away, one of the WASTE
WORKERS walks the remaining few yards, pushing aside a wall
of tropical foliage. We now see what Truman was prevented
from seeing.
A Polynesian island is under construction by dozens of
RIGGERS, PAINTERS and SET DECORATORS. Large cranes are
lifting palm trees into place, a fake volcano is being
tested in the distance and rehearsals for a firewalking
ceremony are underway complete with hot coals, DRUMMERS and
FIREWALKERS in native dress.
The wings and fuselage of an airliner are being constructed
on a hydraulic gimbal. Leading into one side of the airliner
is a covered walkway, emblazoned with a sign, "Seahaven
Island -- Departures." Emerging from the opposite side of the
airliner is an old-fashioned airline stairway with the sign,
"Welcome to Fiji."
At the foot of the steps, TWO WOMEN in Fijian dress are being
shown the correct way to present a floral lei.
FIJI WOMAN
Did he see us?
WASTE WORKER
(into microphone)
Negative.
INT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - KITCHEN - NIGHT
MERYL sows TWO SEAHAVEN POLICEMEN out the back door.
MERYL
Thank you.
POLICEMAN 1
You're lucky he's no glowing, Ma'am.
Next time we'll have to file charges.
Meryl joins TRUMAN at the kitchen table. Truman applauds
ironically.
MERYL
Let me get you some help, Truman.
You're not well.
TRUMAN
(ignoring her
medical advice)
Why do you want to have a child with
me? You can't stand me.
MERYL
That's not true.
Meryl picks up a package and holds it to camera.
MERYL
Why don't I make you some of this
new Mococoa Drink? All natural.
Cocoa beans from the upper slopes
of Mount Nicaragua. No artificial
sweeteners--
TRUMAN
(incredulous)
-- What the hell are you talking
about?!
MERYL
I've tasted other cocoas. This is
the best.
Truman rises from the table and backs her around the room.
TRUMAN
What the hell has that got to do with
anything? Tell me what's happening?!
MERYL
(frightened but
remaining poised)
You're having a nervous breakdown,
that's what's happening.
TRUMAN
(backing her up against
the kitchen bench)
You're part of this, aren't you?!
Meryl grabs the "Chef's-Mate" from the counter to protect
herself. She points the potato peeler at him.
MERYL
Truman, you're scaring me!
Truman looks into her eyes and, with surprising swiftness,
grabs her wrist and disarms her.
TRUMAN
No, you're scaring me, Meryl!
Truman grabs Meryl and turns the Chef's Mate on her. He
stares wildly about him.
TRUMAN
Stop this now. I'll do it. I swear.
MERYL
Do something...
Upon hearing her remark, Truman's eyes widen. Sensing that
she too is addressing a third person, he jerks her head
around to read her face.
TRUMAN
(wild-eyed)
Who were you talking to?!
MERYL
(incredulous)
You're the one talking to the walls!
TRUMAN
No. You said, "Do something." Who
were you talking to? Tell me!
MERYL
Truman, stop it!
Suddenly, the front door chimes.
TRUMAN
Right on time. Cops must be
telephatic.
Truman grabs is peeler and marches Meryl down the hallway to
the front door. The doorbell chimes a second and third time,
more insistently.
TRUMAN
(shouting through
the closed door)
Stay where you are!
MARLON (O.C.)
Truman? It's me, Marlon. I need to
talk to you.
Truman flinches. He was so convinced it would be the police.
He takes a step back against the hallway wall. Before he can
decide what to do, MARLON has opened the unlocked front door
to be confronted with the sight of Truman holding the peeler
to Meryl's throat.
Marlon locks eyes with Truman. Sizing up the situation, he
slowly but decisively removes the peeler from Truman's hand.
Meryl wrenches herself free from Truman's now limp grasp and
collapses into Marlon's arm, sobbing.
MERYL
(distraught)
How can anyone expect me to carry
on under these conditions? This
is... unprofessional.
EXT. UNFINISHED BRIDGE - NIGHT
MARLON and TRUMAN, both nursing bottles of beer, sit on the
end of the unfinished bridge.
TRUMAN
I don't know what to think, Marlon.
Maybe I'm going out of my mind,
but I get the feeling that the
world revolves around me somehow.
MARLON
It's a lot of world for one man.
You sure that's not wishful thinking,
you wishing you'd made something
more of yourself? Christ, Truman,
we hasn't sat on the Jon and had an
imaginary interview on "Seahaven
Tonight"? Who hasn't wanted to be
somebody?
TRUMAN
This is different. Everybody seems
to be in on it.
Marlon looks around as if drawing inspiration from somewhere
in the night.
MARLON
Tru, we've known each other since
before we were in long pants. The
only way we ever made it through
high school was cheating off each
other's test papers. Jesus, they
were identical. I always liked that,
because whatever the answer was--
Truman chimes in, nodding fondly at the memory.
TRUMAN & MARLON
-- we were right together and we
were wrong together.
MARLON
The only night either of us ever
spent in jail, we spent together
and I wet myself but you never told
anyone. I was best man at your
wedding and my brother was best man
at my wedding and you didn't talk
to me for a month over that and I
didn't blame you because you've
been more of a brother to me than
he's ever been.
Truman is slowly coming around -- Marlon's speech from the
heart soothing away his pain.
MARLON
I know things haven't worked out
for either of us like we used to
sit up on Monroe Avenue all night
and dream they would. We all let
opportunities pass us by. None of
us asks for the dance as often as
we should. I know that feeling
when it's like everything's
slipping away look for answers
someplace else. But, well, the
point is, I would gladly step in
front of traffic for you.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF stares intently into camera, holding his distinctive
earpiece to his head. Beside him, his ever-present assistant,
CHLOE.
CHRISTOF
(hushed tones)
And the last thing I'd ever do is
lie to you.
EXT. FREEWAY - NIGHT
MARLON
(staring into Truman's eyes)
And the last thing I'd ever do is
lie to you.
(pause)
Think about it, Truman, if
everybody's in on it, I'd have to
be in on it too. I'm not in on it,
because there is no it.
TRUMAN
So what are you saying, Marlon, the
whole thing has been in my head--?
MARLON
(meeting his gaze)
Not the whole thing, Truman. You
were right about one thing.
TRUMAN
What's that?
MARLON
The thing that started all of this.
TRUMAN looks up in the direction of MARLON's gaze. A FIGURE
stands at the end of the freeway -- a homeless man. It is
his father, KIRK.
MARLON
Yes, he survived somehow. He's got
quite a story to tell.
Marlon helps Truman to his feet -- Truman still transfixed by
the figure.
MARLON
Go to him.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF continues to direct the action from what is now
revealed to be the control room of a television studio.
CHRISTOF
Go wide, LightCam Eight...
In a wide shot, from one of the streetlights lining the
empty freeway, we see TRUMAN walking towards his long-lost
FATHER.
CHRISTOF
... CurCam Twelve... and ... cue
music... Beethoven, Third Symphony,
Second Movement.
Music swells. Kirk and Truman embrace in the middle of the
freeway. Truman takes his father's ring from his own finger.
CHRISTOF
... RingCam...
We see a close up of Kirk from the ring's POV. Truman places
the ring in the palm of his father's hand.
CHRISTOF
... ButtonCam Three...
We see a close up of Truman from a camera on Kirk's coat.
TRUMAN
I never stopped believing.
KIRK
(gazing the ring, then
up to Truman's face)
Thank you... my son.
CHRISTOF
And wide...
SIMEON looks to his director.
SIMON
Close up?
CHRISTOF
(staring intently
at his monitor)
No, hold back...
The CREW watches Kirk and Truman embrace.
KIRK
All those years, wasted.
TRUMAN
We have a lot of years ahead.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF allows himself a smile of satisfaction.
CHRISTOF
And fade up music... now go in close
...
As a tight two-shot of father and son fills the screen, the
orchestra swells with triumphant music.
EXT. FREEWAY - NIGHT
FATHER and SON remain in the embrace. Over Truman's shoulder,
we see a flash of guilt flicker across MARLON's face.
INT. CONTROL ROOM -- NIGHT
CHRISTOF, emotionally drained by the events, slumps in his
chair. CHOLE rests a supportive hand on his shoulder. The
head of the network, MOSES, a man in his seventies, enters
with his young assistant, ROMAN -- their faces full of
admiration.
MOSES
Well done. Well done, everyone.
INT. A BEDROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
A YOUNG WOMAN reclines on a bed, her back against the wall.
Propped up on her knees is a book. However, she's not
reading but staring straight into camera -- a look of
profound sadness on her face. It is SYLVIA.
From her point-of-view, we see a portable television set on a
table at the foot of the bed.
On the television is a live picture of TRUMAN -- the first
time we have seen him on a television screen. He is sitting
at his kitchen table, unaware of the camera recording him.
The shot is static. He just sits there in silence, a
steaming cup of cocoa in front of him and a plate of
untouched cookies.
At one point, a sponsor's border, appears on the screen,
tastefully framing the "action," with the message, "MOCOCOA
-- Cocoa beans from the upper slopes of Mount Nicaragua."
After several seconds the border disappears.
Suddenly, the live picture of Truman shrinks into a window on
the screen to accommodate a title sequence that begins to
play around the edge of the image. "The Truman Show" theme
music begins.
The camera cranes up and over the Hollywood sign, the
flatlands of Burbank stretching into the distance.
ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
From the network that ever sleeps --
broadcasting live and unedited 24
hours a day, 7 days a week, around
the globe...
During this continuous aerial shot, overlapping scenes from
Truman's life appear in chronological order, from infancy to
adolescence and finally adulthood. Photographs of leading
CAST MEMBERS also appear in individual frames.
ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
...with Hannah Gill as Meryl Burbank,
Louis Coltrane as Marlon, Alanis
Montclair as Mother, re-introducing
Walter Moore as her husband, Kirk...
The music swells as the camera approaches a mammoth structure
at the base of the mountains -- a dome so vast it dwarfs
everything around it. At the top of the dome is a huge
painting of Truman's face encircled by satellite dishes --
inside each dish is a single letter spelling out, T-H-E T-R-U-
M-A-N S-H-O-W -- a banner proclaims, "30th Great Year."
ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
...and Truman Burbank as Himself,
taped in the world's largest studio,
one of only two man-made structures
visible from space, comes the
longest running documentary soap
opera in story, now in its 30th
great year -- "The Truman Show"!
The camera rushes towards the outside wall of the gigantic
dome bathed in sunlight. When we emerge on the other side,
it is night. The camera cranes up from a calm, moonlit ocean
to the night sky above. As we near the crescent-shaped moon,
we discover that it is actually a window overlooking Seahaven.
Standing in the "crater" window is the suited CHRISTOF.
INT. LUNAR STUDIO - NIGHT
Pulling back from the window we reveal an INTERVIEWER, mid-
forties, conservative suit and hair. A large television
shows a live picture of Truman. Immersed in his book.
INTERVIEWER
I'm your host, Mike Michaelson,
coming to you live from the Lunar
Room on the 121st story of the
OmniCam Ecosphere, 2800 feet above
Seahaven Island. Tonight, a
special edition of "Tru Talk," the
forum where we discuss and analyze
recent events on the show. We are
honored to bring you a rare and
exclusive interview with the show's
conceiver, creator, televisionary,
the Man-In-The-Moon himself --
Christof.
(referring to the
image of Truman
between them)
I remind viewers that as "The
Truman Show" is a living history,
it is our practice to keep the
image of Truman on screen at all
times.
A TITLE APPEARS: Due to the Live and Unedited nature of the
program, viewer discretion is advised.
The Interviewer turns to Christof.
INTERVIEWER
Welcome.
CHRISTOF
Thank you.
INTERVIEWER
Te catalyst for the recent dramatic
events was, of course, Truman's
father, Kirk, and his infiltration
onto the show. Before we discuss
that, it's worth reminding viewers
that this isn't the first time
someone from the outside world has
tries to reach Truman.
CHRISTOF
We have had our close calls in the
past.
Behind the two men, the constantly playing image of Truman
engrossed in his book is relegated to a window of the screen.
PLAYBACK - INT. TRUMAN'S HOME - CHRISTMAS MORNING
TRUMAN, 7, is opening present under the tree -- KIRK and
MOTHER proudly looking on.
INTERVIEWER
Who can forget the infamous
"Christmas Present" incident in the
seventh season?
Suddenly, a small MAN bursts from a large, Christmas parcel.
Kirk and the man grapple on the floor in front of the stunned
seven-year-old. Kirk drags him away.
PLAYBACK - EXT. CITY STREET - DAY
As the adult TRUMAN makes his way to work, a PARACHUTIST
drops from the sky into the main street, only yards behind
him.
INTERVIEWER
And only last summer "Billie
Blackbird" made his third attempt,
leaping from a lighting gantry.
The parachutist is dressed entirely in black with a message
emblazoned on his chest, "TRUMAN, YOU'RE ON TV." COMMUTERS
grab the man and drag him away -- Truman blissfully unaware
of the incident.
CHRISTOF
(dismissive)
These people have their own agendas.
Many just want to be on television
themselves.
PLAYBACK - EXT. CITY STREET - DAY
The encounter between TRUMAN and the homeless KIRK is
replayed up to the point where Kirk is bundled onto the bus.
INTERVIEWER
Of course, there has been anything
to compare with this -- the first
time an intruder has been a former
cast member--
CHRISTOF
-- a dead one at that.
INTERVIEWER
-- and certainly the first time that
an intruder has been rewarded with
a starring role.
(gushing)
I really must congratulate you on
writing Kirk back in. A master
stroke.
CHRISTOF
Since Kirk started this whole crisis
in Truman's life, I came to the
conclusion that he was the only one
who could end it.
INTERVIEWER
I understand he's hardly had a life
of his own since he left the show.
How did you convince him -- was it
the opportunity to be close to
Truman again?
CHRISTOF
That and a fat, new contract.
INTERVIEWER
How do you intend to explain his
twenty-two year absence?
CHRISTOF
Amnesia.
INTERVIEWER
(impressed, nodding
in agreement)
Of course.
The Interviewer consults his note.
INTERVIEWER
Let's talk ratings. "Truman" has
always enjoyed top ten status but
the huge surge over the last few
days -- how do you hope to sustain
that audience now that Truman
appears to have reconciled himself?
CHRISTOF
As you know ratings have never been
our primary goal. I imagine we'll
lose those voyeurs only interested
in witnessing Truman's latest
torment. However, I'm certain that
our core audience will remain loyal.
INTERVIEWER
But recent events have been so
dramatic, it does raise the
perennial question. What keeps us
watching this one man twenty-four
hours a day -- eating, sleeping,
working, sitting for hours in
contemplation?
CHRISTOF
It has to be the reality.
During this segment, we cut to a cross-section of VIEWERS --
the WAITRESS and BARMAN in the bar, the TWO OLD WOMEN on
their sofa, the TWO SECURITY GUARDS, and the MAN in the bath
-- listening to Christof's theories on their viewing habits.
CHRISTOF
We've become tired of watching
actors give us phony emotions,
bored with pyrotechnics and special
effects. While the world he
inhabits is counterfeit, there's
nothing fake about Truman himself.
No scripts, no cue cards. It's not
always Shakespeare but it's genuine.
That's how he can support an entire
channel.
INTERVIEWER
A window onto the human condition?
CHRISTOF
I prefer to think of it as a mirror.
At that moment, Truman -- still live on the screen --
unwittingly punctuates the pretentious remark with a belch.
Christof and the Interviewer try not to notice.
CHRISTOF
Not only does he give us a glimpse
of the truth, he gives us a glimpse
of ourselves.
INTERVIEWER
But how do you account for the
popularity of those eight hours a
day when Truman sleeps?
CHRISTOF
We find many viewers leave him on
all night for comfort. Haven't you
ever watched your child or your
lover sleep?
INTERVIEWER
Let's go to some of those viewers'
calls.
The Interviewer presses a blinking, illuminated button on his
desk's high-tech phone terminal. During this segment,
various windows open on the screen advertising products from
the "Truman" catalogue.
INTERVIEWER
Charlotte, North Carolina, for
Christof.
MALE CALLER 1 (O.S.)
Hello?
INTERVIEWER
You're on, Caller. Go ahead.
MALE CALLER 1
Christof, it's a great honor to
speak with you.
CHRISTOF
Thank you.
MALE CALLER 1
How much of a strain has the last
few days placed on the actors?
CHRISTOF
Working on "Truman" has always been
a huge commitment for an actor, not
just in terms of separation from
friends and family, but since Truman
essentially drives the plot, it is
a never-ending improvisation --
witness Marlon's extraordinary
performance in the recent "Father
And Son Reunion" episode.
INTERVIEWER
(cutting off the call)
Are we talking Emmies?
CHRISTOF
Certainly a nomination.
INTERVIEWER
Of course, Truman has always been
very much in on casting.
CHRISTOF
As with our own lives, the only
people he can't cast are his family.
Otherwise he has final approval,
able to elevate an extra into a
lead role as was the case with his
only real friend, Marlon, or
alternatively relegate a star to a
bit player.
INTERVIEWER
(presenting another line)
Istanbul, Turkey, you're on with
master videographer, Christof.
FEMALE CALLER 1 (O.S.)
Christof, I've admired your work my
whole life, although I can't say
I've seen it all.
CHRISTOF
Who can?
FEMALE CALLER 1
Can you settle an argument for me?
What's the longest time Truman has
been off-camera?
CHRISTOF
(trace of pride)
In his entire life, forty-two minutes.
A technical fault in the twelfth
season accounts for most of that time.
The remainder generally results from
blindspots, in the early days, when
Truman would stray out of range of
our cameras.
INTERVIEWER
We should remind viewers that Truman,
especially as a child, presented a
challenge for the production.
CHRISTOF
(turning to the screen)
Let me demonstrate some examples.
Footage of TRUMAN as a baby appears on the screen -- as a
newborn INFANT, held in a pair of anonymous latex-gloved
hands, and as a TODDLER, dressed in various baby outfits --
on one occasion looking through the bars of his crib.
CHRISTOF
He was curious from birth --
premature by two weeks, as if he
couldn't wait to get started.
INTERVIEWER
Of course, his eagerness to leave
his mother's womb also meant he was
the one selected.
CHRISTOF
(enthusing)
In competition with five other
unwanted pregnancies -- the casting
of a show determined by an air date
-- he was the one who arrived on cue.
INTERVIEWER
Who knew that a show originally
meant to last one year -- "Bringing
Up Baby." -- would turn into a
"cradle to grave" concept. He is
in face the first child in the world
to be legally adopted by a
corporation.
CHRISTOF
That's correct.
INTERVIEWER
And the show now generates a yearly
income equivalent to the gross
national product of a small country.
CHRISTOF
People forget it takes the
population of an entire country to
keep the show running.
INTERVIEWER
No, of course not.
(quickly changing
the subject)
And since the show runs 24 hours a
day with no commercial breaks the
staggering profits are all
generated from product placement.
CHRISTOF
Yes, everything you see on the show
is for sale -- from the actors'
wardrobe, food products, to the
very homes they live in--
INTERVIEWER
All products carefully chosen and
tested by you for quality and
aesthetic value.
CHRISTOF
There's nothing on the show I don't
use myself.
INTERVIEWER
And it's all available in the
"Truman Show" catalogue. Operators
are standing by.
Christof nods.
INTERVIEWER
Why do you feel that Truman's never
come close to discovering the true
nature of his world?
CHRISTOF
We accept the reality of the world
with which we're presented. As the
show expanded, naturally we were
forced to manufacture ways to keep
Truman in Seahaven -- demonstrating
that every venture is accompanied
by a risk.
The SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN have seen in other flashbacks
appears on the screen. Wearing a cowboy outfit, he goes to
cross the walkway of a bridge when he is suddenly confronted
by a savage DOG wearing a spiked collar.
CHRISTOF
Later, Kirk's drowning made much of
this kind of intervention unnecessary.
We freeze on seven-year-old Truman's terrified face.
INTERVIEWER
You've never actually met Truman,
yourself. Never thought about doing
a cameo -- playing a veterinarian,
or a priest, something like that?
CHRISTOF
I've been tempted. But I think it's
important to retain objectivity. I
wouldn't want to get emotionally
caught up.
INTERVIEWER
The Hague for Christof... The Hague?
... Lost them.
(pressing another line)
Hollywood, California, you're on
"Tru Talk."
FEMALE CALLER 2 (O.S.)
How can you say he lives a life like
any other?
CHRISTOF
(sensing the thinly disguised
resentment in the Caller's
voice)
As the Bard says, "All the world's
a stage, and all the men and women
merely players." The only
difference between Truman and
ourselves is that his life is more
thoroughly documented. He is
confronted with the same obstacles
and influences that confront us all.
He plays his allotted roles as we
all do --
FEMALE CALLER 2
-- He's not a performer. He's a
prisoner.
The Interviewer goes to cut off the call, but Christof stops
him.
CHRISTOF
(rising to the challenge)
And can you tell me, caller, that
you're not a player on the stage of
life -- playing out your allotted
role? He can leave at any time.
If his was more than just a vague
ambition, if he were absolutely
determined to discover the truth,
there's no way we could prevent him.
I think what really distresses you,
caller, is that ultimately Truman
prefers the comfort of his "cell"
as you call it.
FEMALE CALLER 2
(as if trying to convince
herself, giving herself
away)
-- No, you're wrong! He'll prove
you wrong! He can still do it!
The Interviewer hangs up on the caller.
INT. A BEDROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
In a darkly lit room, we see SYLVIA. It is she who is the
confrontational Caller -- phone still in her hand.
CHRISTOF
We've learnt about life as Truman
has and, despite the complaints of
a minority, it's been an
overwhelmingly positive experience,
for Truman and for the viewing
public.
INTERVIEWER
Let's take another call.
(pressing a line)
London, England, you're on "Tru
Talk."
MALE CALLER 2 (O.S.)
Christof? Congratulations on the
way you've always handled Truman's
"sex" life -- the classical music,
soft lighting and so on. But has
the recent violence caused a
problem for the show's sponsors?
CHRISTOF
The sponsors know the risks going
in, although we do try to maintain
standards -- a level of decorum.
For instance, I've never put a
camera in the toilet.
Still in silhouette, SYLVIA turns down the volume on the
television. Focusing on the window on the screen that
displays TRUMAN, she comes close to the screen, catching is
melancholy, saddened by his regression.
INT. TRUMAN'S BASEMENT - MORNING
TRUMAN breathes in the scent of Sylvia's sweater one last
time before reluctantly replacing it in the trunk, together
with his book, "To The Ends OF The Earth -- The Age Of
Exploration" For a final time, he regards his unfinished
picture of SYLVIA inside -- two holes where the eyes should
be. As he does so, he finds two lost paper cuttings -- a
pair of eyes on the basement floor. He tries them.
Ironically they fit -- the picture completed. He closes the
trunk anyway. With a sense of finality, he fastens the lock.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
The giant ON-AIR monitor in the control room plays a close-up
shot of Truman sleeping.
CHRISTOF comes close to the monitor and almost touches the
screen. As he does so, Truman twitches in his sleep.
INT. BATHROOM -- MORNING
TRUMAN wipes the mist from the mirror of the bathroom cabinet
and stares into it in a way he has never done before.
INT. CONTROL ROOM -- MORNING
Close up on the giant ON-AIR monitor in the control room. It
displays a wide shot of Truman staring into the bathroom
mirror.
We slowly pull back to reveal SIMEON and the other VIDEO
OPERATORS sitting at the mixing desks arranged in tiers
reminiscent of an auditorium or NASA's Mission Control.
Each mixing desk contains dozen-or-so built-in monitors
and is designed with a location such as "Truman's House
-- Interior," "Truman's Office -- Cubicle," "Tyrone's Deli."
The operator at each desk, sitting in a swivel chair and
wearing the slimmest of headsets, is responsible for
monitoring a particular location.
The monitors cover virtually every facet of Truman's life.
Camera angles from the interior of Truman's house, his
backyard, car, office, the deli he frequents, the seashore
to which he is drawn, the unfinished bridge where he golfs
with Marlon -- many of the locations strangely devoid of
people.
Simeon, seated in the front row of mixing desks, stares back
at Truman's image on the monitor, slightly unnerved.
SIMEON
(to a nearby COLLEAGUE)
Is he looking at us?
As if to reassure the technician, Truman begins one of his
familiar monologues. He talks to the mirror as if being
interviewed.
TRUMAN
-- What are my plans now? Well,
next I'm thinking of tackling the
Yuba River in a authentic canoe
from the Algonguin tribe. I'm
talking about the north fork, a
class five rapid -- only I'm not
going down the Yuba, I'm going up.
Do you honestly think for one
minute I'd go back to some dreary
office to rubber stamp meaningless
documents... do you?
MERYL (O.C.)
-- Truman, you're gonna be late!
Truman sighs as he exits the bathroom.
EXT. STREET -- MORNING
TRUMAN exchanges a cheery greeting with SPENCER.
SPENCER
How are ya, Truman?
TRUMAN
Inhale... exhale... same old thing.
He waves to WASHINGTONS across the street. He pets PLUTO the
dog.
INT. OFFICE - DAY
Back at work at the insurance company, TRUMAN sits in his
cubicle making another of his cold calls.
TRUMAN
-- a forty-five-year-old woman
sitting in the second row at an
amateur production of Hamlet,
Hamlet's dagger slips from his hand
and flies into the audience...
A YOUNG WOMAN, carrying a stack of files, catches Truman's
eye as she passes. VIVIEN. She is faintly reminiscent of
SYLVIA at the same age -- even wearing a similar sweater.
TRUMAN
(returning to his call)
-- what I'm saying is, life is a
fragile thing... hullo?
EXT. TRUMAN'S BACKYARD - DUSK
TRUMAN wheels his lawnmower, deliberately averting his eyes
from the back of the house. Staring out of the kitchen
window, a tall glass of iced tea in her hand, MERYL has been
anticipating her husband's appearance. She wears a neckbrace,
we sense more as a reminder to Truman than for any medical
benefit she might derive.
Feeling Meryl's eyes burning into his back, Truman fires up
the mower and heads directly towards the symbolically uncut
section of grass. We focus on the errant blades of grass as
they are severed by the mower -- a new Elk Rotary. The lawn
is now uniformly trimmed -- Truman's final act of defiance
laid to rest.
INT. STUDIO - CONFERENCE ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF stands at a large, specially screened window,
silhouetted against the twinkling stars and full moon of a
hyper-real nightsky.
Members of the cast enter the room -- principal characters in
Truman's life -- MERYL, MOTHER, KIRK, TYRONE, LAWRENCE and
the new actress, VIVIEN. They take their places around a
long, oval table for a story conference -- Vivien sitting
slightly apart from the rest of the cast.
We glimpse over Christof's shoulder at what he sees -- the
town of Seahaven far below, bathed in moonlight. He comes
out of his reverie and joins his cast, sitting at the head of
the table. In front of him, a TV "tablet" plays silently --
showing Truman drinking a glass of milk in hi kitchen.
CHRISTOF
(to the assembled cast)
First of all, I'd like to welcome
Walter back onto the show.
(nods in Kirk's direction)
You may have done us more of a
favor than you ever imagined.
(turning to Meryl,
using her real name)
Regrettably, I also have to inform
you that Hannah has chosen not to
renew her contract.
All eyes turn to Meryl. She looks at the floor.
CHRISTOF
I'm sure we can all respect her
reasons.
Meryl receives a sympathetic squeeze of the hand from her co-
star Marlon, now out of wardrobe, wearing an Armani suit.
CHRISTOF
As you all know, we have already
begun to orchestrate her break-up
from Truman.
(more up-beat)
However, on a more optimistic note,
I'm pleased to announce that
television's first on-air conception
will still take place. You
witnessed the initial contact this
morning.
(glancing to Vivien,
once again using
her real name)
You all know Claudia from her work
in theatre.
MOTHER
I loved your Ophelia.
CLAUDIA
Why thank you.
The rest of the cast nod politely in Claudia's direction.
CHLOE passes out a bound document to each cast member.
CHRISTOF
(referring to the documents)
This is a copy of Claudia's back
story. Her character's name is
"Vivien."
The cast idly flips through the documents, prominently
stamped on the cover, "NOT TO BE TAKEN ON SET."
CHRISTOF
We intend to entice Truman into the
affair as soon as possible. Claudia
will make a pass at the insurance
seminar Truman's attending. Details
are in your schedules.
(pause for effect)
I don't have to tell you how
critical the next few weeks will be.
This takes us into the next
generation. When Truman's child is
born, the network will be switching
to a two-channel format to
chronicle both lives.
CLAUDIA
What happens when Truman and the
baby are both on camera together?
CHRISTOF
This will simply be duplicate
coverage.
CLAUDIA
(mischievous)
Let's just hope we don't have twins.
MARLON
(uncharacteristically
flippant)
When Truman dies do we go back to
the single channel?
The cast returns in his direction. Christof shoots him a
disapproving look.
INT. TRUMAN'S BASEMENT - NIGHT
TRUMAN sleeps on a cot bed in his basement -- more cluttered
than usual. A virtual bombsite -- dozens of cardboard boxes
stacked everywhere. Although he is covered in bedding, his
sock-clad feet stick out of the bed covers. The outline of
his body is still clearly visible. He snores quietly.
INT. VARIOUS VIEWER LOCATIONS - NIGHT
The TWO OLD LADIES have nodded off on their sofa in front of
the television, their breathing and occasional snores echo
those of Truman.
In the BAR, the WAITRESS -- normally an avid viewer -- only
idly glances to the screen as she passes with a tray of
drinks.
The MAN in the bath resignedly lets the water out of the tub
and goes to get out.
The MOTHER only occasionally glances to the screen as she
feeds her BABY. Her DAUGHTER has her eyes closed, bopping to
her Walkman.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
SIMEON sits at his control desk, directing the "night-shift."
He pays scant attention to the big screen, giving his
instruction in a lethargic, metronomic manner.
SIMEON
...Ready two. Go to two.
An OPERATOR, eating a slice of pizza, presses one of the
illuminated buttons on the panel and the camera angle changes
to a close shot of Truman's covered head. The camera stays
on the blanketed head for a long moment.
SIMEON
And back to the medium...
Another button is pressed and the angle changed. A trace of
frustration is evident in the control room. Recording a
sleeping subject is unrewarding enough without also having to
contend with Truman's recently acquired camera-shyness.
SIMEON
... and wide...
OPERATOR
(aside to Simeon)
What a loser.
SIMEON
Who cares? Makes life easier for us.
He is what he is.
At the far end of the control room, one of the largest
double doors opens and CHRISTOF enters, dressed in a smoking
jacket. Simeon and the Operators subtly straighten in their
chairs. Christof pretends not to notice. He is staring
intently at the ON-AIR monitor.
CHRISTOF
Why is he in the basement?
SIMEON
He moved down there after Meryl
packed up and left.
CHRISTOF
Why wasn't I told? Any
unpredictable behavior has to be
reported.
(returning to the screen)
Is that the best shot we can get?
SIMEON
What's to see?
CHRISTOF
What's on the ClockCam?
The operator punches up the camera hidden inside a broken
cuckoo clock. A box obscures the view.
OPERATOR
There's an obstruction.
Christof watches Truman, a trace of concern in his eyes.
CHLOE enters.
CHRISTOF
(referring to the debris
in Truman's basement)
What happened down there?
SIMEON
He was tidying up is garbage.
(sensing Christof's
concern)
I was going to call you. But half-
way through, he gave up and fell
asleep.
Apparently satisfied, Christof turns to an Operator.
CHRISTOF
I want to check the set-ups for
tomorrow's insurance convention.
Reading off the notes in Chloe's folder, the Operator punches
up a batch of camera angles on smaller preview monitors.
They show a generic-looking hotel, devoid of actors. A
banner in reception reads, "Welcome Seahaven Life and
Accident."
The Operator looks to Christof for approval and realizes his
producer's attention has wandered. Christof has wandered
down to the front of the room to stand beside the giant ON-
AIR monitor still displaying the sleeping figure of Truman.
CHRISTOF
Give me a shot from Truman's ring.
SIMEON
He gave it back to his father.
Christof nods.
CHRISTOF
(a trace of concern)
Why is he so still?
Christof picks up a spare headset from the panel and puts it
to his ear.
CHRISTOF
Isolate the audio.
An Operator pushes up an audio fader on the panel. Christof
and his colleagues listen to Truman's steady breathing in
their headphones.
SIMEON
(shrugs)
He's still breathing.
Simeon and the Operator nod, reassured that nothing is amiss.
Christof is not so easily convinced.
CHRISTOF
Give me a preview. An ECU on his
torso.
A camera in the room's lamp zooms in to Truman's prone
outline. While the breathing remains steady, the body does
not rise and fall. Christof, still listening to his
headphones, detects a faint scratching sound followed by a
strange thud.
CHRISTOF
(anxious, barking a
command to Chloe)
Phone him.
Chloe picks up a phone connected to the desk and dials.
CHRISTOF
(anticipating Chloe's
question)
Tell him it's a wrong number.
The upstairs phone begins to ring. Truman doesn't flinch.
INT. AN OFFICE BUILDING SOMEWHERE - RECEPTION - NIGHT
The TWO SECURITY GUARDS are intrigued by Truman's unanswered
phone on their television set.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF and SIMEON concentrate on another, separate monitor
playing in fast-rewind, time code in the bottom right-hand
corner. It is a recording of the night's transmission.
Simeon pauses on the last on-camera appearance by Truman.
They watch Truman, on-screen, switch off the basement light
and climb into the cot bed fully clothed, immediately pulling
the covers over his head. As the light is switched off, the
recording camera automatically switches to night vision.
Simeon continues to play at normal speed, now and then
scrolling forward in fast-forward mode. Christof suddenly
points to screen.
CHRISTOF
There. Freeze... Zoom into the
chair...
Simeon types the appropriate command.
CHRISTOF
Enhance... there!
On the blown-up screen, between a cardboard box and a chair
leg, it is barely possible to make out Truman's hand as he
crawls commando-style from beneath the covers and behind a
cardboard box near the large tool cupboard.
Simeon points out an angle of the empty staircase.
SIMEON
He hasn't gone up the stairs. He's
still in the room.
EXT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - NIGHT
MARLON's car squeals to a halt outside Truman's house.
Hurriedly dressed in jeans and coat over a bare chest, he
dashes barefoot up the porch to the front door. He tries the
doorhandle, pounds on the door and rings the doorbell
simultaneously, shouting Truman's name all the while.
MARLON
Tru! Tru! ... Earthquake alert...
flood! We've gotta get outside
onto the street! Tru?!
Frustrated, Marlon picks up one of Meryl's carefully nurtured
flower pots from beneath the porch window.
MARLON
(shouting a warning)
I'm coming in, Tru!
Marlon hurls the flower pot through the window.
INT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - BASEMENT - NIGHT
MARLON switches on the light and clambers down the wooden
stairs to the basement.
He pushed away the clutter and finally stands at his co-
star's bedside. He gingerly lifts the covers. Beneath the
bedding, clothes have been carefully piled to resemble a
sleeping figure -- socks placed on the end of two tree
branches.
Buried amongst the clothes is Truman's portable tape recorder.
Marlon places the recorder next to his ear. The cassette
plays the sound of TRUMAN BREATHING.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF stares, wide-eyed, at the image on the On-Air
monitor of MARLON.
CHRISTOF
Find him, Marlon!
INT. BASEMENT - NIGHT
MARLON starts frantically pushing aside the clutter, sending
Truman's model ships and other hobbies crashing to the floor.
Eliminating all over possible hiding places, he confronts
Truman's tool closet, the wall map of the Fiji Islands still
hanging on the door. Marlon rips open the door and is hit
with a shaft of light -- moonlight.
The top of the closet has been removed and a crude tunnel
containing a ladder heads almost directly upwards to the
outside of the house. The bottom of the closet is ankle deep
with dirt. Embedded in the tunnel wall is Meryl's Chef's
Mate -- Truman's digging implement.
EXT. TRUMAN'S HOUSE - NIGHT
MARLON's head pops up outside the house. Unable to help
himself, Marlon looks directly into a wide shot camera
concealed in a streetlight.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF
Marlon, don't look at the camera!
Say something!
MARLON
(to streetlight, stunned,
breaking the fourth wall)
What? He's gone!
CHRISTOF
(to Simeon, quiet but firm)
Cut transmission.
Simeon hesitates, unsure if he has heard correctly. He looks
to Christof for confirmation, his finger poised over an
"EMERGENCY" button.
CHRISTOF
(enraged)
I said, "Cut!"
Christof lunges forward and presses the button himself. The
scene in Truman's bedroom playing on the on-air monitor is
abruptly replaced by the "TRUMAN" logo and the message,
"TECHNICAL FAULT. PLEASE STAND BY."
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
The TWO OLD WOMEN on the sofa are stunned to see their TV
screen go black.
INT. A BAR SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
HEADS also turn in the bar permanently tuned to the "Truman"
channel.
INT. AN APARTMENT SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
The other loyal viewer transfixed by the test card is SYLVIA,
alone in her darkened apartment.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
Reminiscent of a military headquarters in wartime, the
control room is a scene of barely controlled panic. SECURITY
GUARDS come and go, phones ring, lights flash, every
available VIDEO MIXER is working. The monitors -- the "eyes"
of the searchers -- are systematically scrutinized for any
sign of Truman. CHRISTOF orchestrates operations from his
position at the center of the control panel.
SIMEON
(nervous)
We've declared a curfew. Everyone
else is at first positions.
CHRISTOF
All prop cars accounted for?
SIMEON
He has to be on foot. He has the
world's most recognizable face. He
can't disappear.
EXT. SEAHAVEN - MAIN STREET - NIGHT
We pan down one empty street after another. The town center
is totally, eerily deserted. Suddenly, a line of PEOPLE
comes around the corner, fanned out cross the street -- man-
hunt.
PEOPLE of every description, shoulder to shoulder, marching
down the otherwise empty streets the way a search is
conducted at a crime scene. The lines includes PRINCIPALS
and EXTRAS lined arm and arm, wardrobed for their usual roles
as EXECUTIVES and SECRETARIES, STORE CLERKS, TELEPHONISTS,
MAINTENANCE and CONSTRUCTION WORKERS, WAITERS and WAITRESSES,
COOKS, SHOPPERS, HEALTH WORKERS, SECURITY GUARDS, POSTAL
WORKERS, POLICE OFFICERS, FIRE FIGHTERS and HOMELESS PEOPLE.
We occasionally glimpse Truman's friends and colleagues
amongst the searchers -- MARLON, LAWRENCE, MOTHER & KIRK,
VIVIEN and TYRONE. Even the WASHINGTON's and SPENCER and
PLUTO have joined the search -- a snarling Pluto straining at
the leash has now assumed the role of tracker dog -- Truman's
pajamas waved in front of his nose (clearly miscast as the
friendly, neighborhood pooch).
Searchlights from Seahaven's many towers sweep the town.
Once, the light falls on a blackened face cowering in the
bushes beside a picket fence -- the fence now faintly
reminiscent of prison bars. Even the beam of the full moon
appears to be sweeping the town like a searchlight.
EXT. BRIDGE - NIGHT
Barriers have been erected at the bridge leading out of
Seahaven, guarded by several Seahaven police cars.
An extra dressed as a DERELICT wheels his shopping cart
toward the bridge.
The derelict takes a look along the walkway alongside the
bridge as if participating in the search. He finds a POLICE
OFFICER standing on the walkway.
POLICE OFFICER
Any sign of him?
DERELICT
(gravelly voice)
Not yet.
POLICE OFFICER
Take it easy.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
A VIDEO OPERATOR in the sixth row watches the scene on one of
his monitors -- the derelict standing with his back to camera.
Just as the derelict turns toward camera the Operator turns
away to take a sip of coffee. He misses what we see on his
monitor -- the derelict's blackened face belongs to TRUMAN.
EXT. BRIDGE - NIGHT
The disguised TRUMAN heads back to town.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF turns to a LIGHTING TECHNICIAN.
CHRISTOF
We need more light.
EXT. SEAHAVEN STREETS - NIGHT
A building-to-building, floor-to-floor, office-to-office
search is also being conducted, each structure secured as
they go -- the SEARCHERS paying special attention to
potential blind spots such as closets, dumpsters, manholes,
sewers, car trunks, trees and shrubbery.
We focus on one of the waves of searchers. TRUMAN has linked
arms in the middle of a row, his disguise still holding up.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF glances impatiently at his watch.
CHRISTOF
We'll never find him like this.
What time is it?
CHLOE
(anticipating the request)
It's too early.
CHRISTOF
It doesn't matter. Cue the sun.
EXT. STREETS - NIGHT/DAY
The sun instantly rises over Seahaven. CAST and EXTRAS shade
their eyes from the sudden glare.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
While his COLLEAGUES monitor the bank of screens, CHRISTOF
has been joined by the two anxious studio executives, MOSES
and ROMAN.
MOSES
(to Christof who is
still studying the
faces in a row of
SEARCHERS)
Rumors are circulating he's dead.
The media is in a feeding frenzy.
The phone lines are jammed. Every
network has a pirated shot of
Marlon in the closet.
ROMAN
(pacing nervously)
The sponsors are threatening to rip
up their contracts.
CHRISTOF
(unconcerned, referring
to the static "STAND BY"
graphic, now accompanied
by soothing classical
music)
Why? We're getting higher ratings
for that graphic than any time in
the show's history.
INT. BAR - NIGHT
The television above the bar carries the test card. PATRONS
animatedly discuss Truman's fate over their drinks. Some
place bets with each other on Truman's fate.
EXT. ELECTRONICS STORE - NIGHT
A CROWD of passersby hover around a display of televisions in
the window of an electronics store, awaiting developments.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
THE fan of EXTRAS reaches the harbor and automatically turns
to make another sweep.
CHLOE
(referring to the
empty streets)
When we flush him out how do we
explain this?
CHRISTOF
(deadpan)
We tell him the truth.
CHLOE looks askance at CHRISTOF.
CHRISTOF
(joking darkly)
We're making a movie.
EXT. HARBORSIDE - DAY
However, as he bypasses the entrance to a ticket box, he
hasn't bargained on coming face to face with another
straggler from the search.
MARLON. Truman freezes in front of his childhood companion --
Marlon instantly seeing through Truman's homeless disguise.
Truman glances nervously in the direction of the searchers.
Their backs to the two men, they are beginning their next
sweep. One shout from Marlon will give Truman away -- he is
at Marlon's mercy.
Without a word, Marlon walks past Truman and rejoins the
search.
Truman glances back to Marlon's retreating figure but Marlon
never looks back.
EXT. DOCKSIDE -- DAY
TRUMAN reaches the edge of the dock. He looks out over the
bay. There, riding at anchor some two hundred yards out, is
a sail boat -- the same boat that circled Kirk and Truman's
sail boat many years earlier.
We see a close-up of Truman's terrified eyes in his blackened
face, staring down at the lapping water. He steels himself,
shuts out the doubts and dives into the water.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
SIMEON
(hopeful)
I'm sure we'll get him on this next
sweep.
CHRISTOF
(distracted)
What have we missed?
SIMEON
It's just a matter of time.
CHRISTOF concentrates on a monitor displaying a view of the
harbor.
CHRISTOF
(to Simeon)
We're not watching the sea.
SIMEON
(confused)
Why would we--
CHRISTOF
Sweep the harbor.
His COLLEAGUES begin to flick through dozens of waterborne
hidden camera shots -- in moored craft, lighthouses and buoys
-- trying to locate Truman.
Suddenly on one of the monitors there appears a single sail
etched against the horizon.
SIMEON
That's got to be him!
ROMAN
How can he sail?! He's in
insurance!
CHRISTOF
Resume transmission.
Simeon punches a button and the image of the sail boat is
instantly transferred to the large ON-AIR monitor.
INT. OLD WOMEN'S APARTMENT - NIGHT
The TWO OLD WOMEN doze against each other on the sofa in
front of the TV.
The classical music on the television is abruptly replaced by
the sound of the wind and the sea. One Old Lady blinks her
eyes open, her breath taken away by the sight of Truman at
the wheel of the sail boat. She rouses her companion.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF
(staring intently at
the ON-AIR monitor)
What do we have on that boat?
SIMEON scans a computer shot list. He types in a code.
A camera from the mast of Truman's sail boat activates.
Truman, unaware of the camera, is concentrating on his
sailing.
EXT. HARBOR - DAY
By now the ocean spray has washed most of the dirt from
TRUMAN's face -- only a residue remains. The rags he wears
are soaked.
As he steers, he occasionally refers to a "HOW TO SAIL" book
from his coat pocket.
INT. A BATHROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
The MAN in the bath we have seen earlier continues to watch
from his tub.
MAN
(to himself)
I knew he wasn't dead.
EXT. HARBOR - DAY
TRUMAN is at the wheel of the sail boat, wind filling her
sails.
Seahaven left far behind, his is the only craft afloat in the
harbor. He sets a course for the open sea as he and his
father did long ago.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF and the other PRODUCTION STAFF watch TRUMAN from a
buoy's POV as he sails by.
CHRISTOF
Get another boat.
CHLOE
The ferry.
EXT. FERRY TERMINAL - DAY
A PRODUCTION ASSISTANT runs down the dock towards the FERRY
CAPTAIN and his CREW.
PRODUCTION ASSISTANT
Get that boat out there!
FERRY CAPTAIN
(who also played
the bus driver)
I don't know how. We were just
told to put on these clothes.
EXT. HARBOR - DAY
The sea choppier now, rising and falling steeply beneath his
boat, TRUMAN nears a large buoy bobbing clumsily in the
strong swell. An official-looking sign on the buoy reads --
"DANGEROUS WATERS. DO NOT ENTER." We see an extreme close-up
of the nautical signpost where a disguised miniature camera
tracks Truman's progress.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
ROMAN
(anxious)
How do we stop him?
CHRISTOF
(glancing to Simeon)
How else?
Christof nods to controls on the mixing desk marked, "WIND"
and "RAIN."
EXT. HARBOR - DAY
Storm clouds roll towards TRUMAN's boat at an alarming speed.
He looks back towards the Seahaven skyline, rapidly receding
behind him. Doubts invade Truman's head but he shuts them
out and steers into the teeth of the storm -- a look of
resolve in his eyes we have never witnessed before.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
MOSES and ROMAN pace at the back of the control room.
CHRISTOF is focused on his monitor. Like Truman, he steels
himself for a fight.
CHRISTOF
Cue music...
SIMEON
(hesitant)
What music?
CHRISTOF
(irritated)
Storm music... Wagner...
CHLOE
(watching the monitor)
There's no rescue boat in the area.
He won't know what to do.
MOSES
(trying to appeal to
Christof's sense of
reason)
For God's sake, Chris. The whole
world is watching. We can't let
him die in front of a live audience.
CHRISTOF
He was born in front of a live
audience.
(never taking his eyes
from the screen)
Don't worry, he's not willing to
risk his life. His doubts will
turn him back.
Simeon reluctantly winds the controls for "WAVE," "WIND" and
"RAIN" towards their maximum settings.
CHRISTOF
Kill the lights.
EXT. HARBOR - DAY
Darkened suddenly descends. High winds and horizontal
driving rain buffet the boat. TRUMAN fights the tiller.
Hurricane force winds shake the mast and keel, ripping the
sails to shreds.
Suddenly, the mast of Truman's boat is truck by a bolt of
lightning -- snapping the rigging and knocking Truman
overboard. Flailing in the tempest, Truman manages to grab
hold of a trailing rope from the mast and hand-over-hand
drags himself back on board. Truman takes the rope and
lashes himself to the wheel.
Monstrous waves continually submerge the boat. With what
little is left of his rigging, Truman continues to head into
the gale.
TRUMAN
(shouting above the
storm, screaming
up to the sky)
Come on, is what the best you can
do? You're gonna have to kill me!
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
In contrast to his panic-stricken COLLEAGUES, CHRISTOF gives
an outward appearance of calm. Only we witness the minute
bead of sweat appearing at his temple that betrays him.
SIMEON
(shocked at the sight of
Truman binding himself
to the boat)
Is he out of his mind?
MOSES
(to Christof)
On behalf of the studio, I demand
that you cease transmission.
CHRISTOF
(defiant, to Operators)
Keep running!
MOSES
-- That's not for you to say.
CHRISTOF
I take full responsibility--
MOSES
-- I'm telling you for the last time.
CHRISTOF
(to OPERATOR in front of
radar-style-screen)
How close is he?
OPERATOR
Very close.
CHRISTOF
Capsize him! Tip him over!
MOSES
(overlapping)
For God's sake, Christof!
CHLOE
(unable to contain herself
any longer, entreating
Christof)
You can't! He's tied himself to
the boat. He'll drown!
SIMEON
(staring at Truman on the
monitor, becoming
affected his display of
courage)
He doesn't care.
CHRISTOF
(enraged, to the Operator)
Do it!
All eyes turn in Christof's direction. None of the Operators
is willing to touch the controls.
Christof reaches to the panel and does it himself, turning
the "WAVE" controls to their maximum settings.
EXT. OCEAN - DAY
A series of giant breakers march in formation across the sea
-- arising from an unseen source.
EXT. OCEAN - DAY
The waves break across Truman's vessel. TRUMAN appears to be
losing his fight against the storm, each successive wave
taking its roll on his body, sapping his strength, his
bindings the only thing keeping him upright. His head slumps,
the tiller goes loose in his grasp, rocking out of control.
Truman's will is draining away.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
The control room CREW watch the heroic image of Truman on the
ON-AIR monitor, awestruck, as if they too are now spectators
watching a movie.
EXT. OCEAN - DAY
As he is about to be overcome by the next wave, TRUMAN clamps
the wheel with his whole body and braces for one last wave.
But the wave does not come. A strange phenomenon is
occurring in the ocean. A distinct division has appeared in
the ocean swell. Between the large rolling waves lies a
corridor of calmer water, several hundred yards wide, a
curious escape lane. The wind and the rain are also
subsiding, the darkness lifting. A mist clings to the
surface of the water. Truman steers his sail boat down the
eerie corridor.
Several large, dark shapes emerge on the horizon. Land?
Islands? The shapes, containing some enormous mechanism
including a huge wheel, only half exposed above water level,
appear to be the source of the peculiar wave formations.
Truman continues to steer his wrecked sailboat towards the
infinitely receding horizon. All is calm until we see the
bow of the boat suddenly strike a huge, blue wall, knocking
Truman off his feet. Truman recovers and clambers across the
deck to the bow of the boat. Looming above him out of the
sea is a cyclorama of colossal dimensions. The sky he has
been sailing towards is nothing but a painted backdrop.
Truman looks upward, straining his eyes to see the top of the
sky, but it curves away at a steep angle beyond his sight.
Clinging to the boat with one hand, he tentatively reaches
out towards the painted cyclorama. He touches the sky.
He looks about him and simply laughs.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF and his PRODUCTION STAFF take in Truman's reaction
in stunned silence.
INT/EXT. BARROOM/LAUNDROMAT/STOREFRONT/APARTMENT - NIGHT
Truman's laugh echoes around bars, offices, shops, homes and
streets -- wherever a television is to be hound -- no VIEWER
speaks. They too are stunned into a hushed expectancy. The
collective audience holds its breath.
EXT. OCEAN/CYCLORAMA - DAY
As the boat drifts alongside the seemingly never-ending curve
of the cyclorama, TRUMAN's attention id drawn to an outline
in the otherwise flawless backdrop. He retrieves the
identikit picture of Sylvia from his coat pocket and clambers
to the prow of the boat.
There, camouflaged in the painted skyscape just above the
water line, is a door. Truman drabs hold of the recessed
doorhandle and halts the drifting boat. He stands in front
of the door and closes his eyes in a silent prayer.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
The control room CREW stare in silence at the monitor --
their very livelihood on the brink of vanishing. CHRISTOF
opens a small panel on his desk, breaks a seal, and speaks
into the emergency P.A. system that is linked to the entire
studio.
CHRISTOF
Truman!
INT/EXT. OCEAN/CYCLORAMA - DAY
CHRISTOF's voice booms over the now calm ocean.
CHRISTOF
Truman!
TRUMAN drops the handle as if his hand has been burned. He
looks all about him.
CHRISTOF (O.C.)
You can speak. I can hear you.
Truman takes a moment to overcome his fear and astonishment.
TRUMAN
Who are you?
CHRISTOF
I'm the creator.
Truman looks up to the "heavens."
TRUMAN
The creator of what?
CHRISTOF (O.C.)
A show -- that gives hope and joy
and inspiration to millions.
TRUMAN
(incredulous)
A show. Then who am I?
CHRISTOF (O.C.)
You're the star.
Truman struggles to take it all in.
TRUMAN
Nothing was real.
CHRISTOF
Nothing was real. That's what made
you so good to watch.
Truman takes out the drenched picture of Sylvia, recalling
her words at the beach.
TRUMAN
(to himself)
"The eyes are everywhere."
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
CHRISTOF picks up a slim, flat monitor. He swivels in his
chair and gazes intently at the image of Truman he now holds
in his hands.
CHRISTOF
Listen to me, Truman--
On the screen, Truman again reaches for the door handle.
EXT. CYCLORAMA - DAY
We focus on TRUMAN's hand. CHRISTOF's voice echoes across
the water.
CHRISTOF
You can leave if you want. I won't
try to stop you. But you won't
survive out there. You don't know
what to do, where to go.
A wave of doubt washes over Truman's face.
TRUMAN
(referring to the photo)
I have a map.
CHRISTOF
Truman, I've watched you your whole
life. I saw you take your first
step, your first word, your first
kiss. I know you better than you
know yourself. You're not going to
walk out that door--
TRUMAN
-- You never had a camera in my
head.
INT/EXT. VARIOUS LOCATIONS - NIGHT
The VIEWERS stare into camera in fascination.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
TRUMAN turns back to the sky, looking up towards CHRISTOF.
CHRISTOF
Truman, there's no more truth out
there than in the world I created
for you -- the same lies and deceit.
But in my world you have nothing to
fear.
Truman seems to be considering the possibilities. He looks
to the identikit picture of Sylvia in his hand.
CHRISTOF
(suddenly angry)
Say something, damn it! You're
still on camera, live to the world!
INT. A ROOM SOMEWHERE - NIGHT
SYLVIA gazes at the picture of herself on her television
screen as if it is her reflection in the mirror.
EXT. CYCLORAMA - DAY
TRUMAN hesitates. Perhaps he cannot go through with it after
all. The camera slowly zooms into Truman's face.
TRUMAN
In case I don't see you -- good
afternoon, good evening and good
night.
He steps through the door and is gone. Silence. Then--
INT/EXT. VIEWERS - NIGHT
Spontaneous jubilation from VIEWERS in their various
locations -- bars, homes and offices. We follow the figure
of SYLVIA, running through the streets. Some of the viewers
outside an electronics store glimpse her as she runs by.
INT. CONTROL ROOM - NIGHT
Even the cynical SIMEON jumps out of his seat -- for the
first time in the film -- and lets out a joyous whoop,
forgetting himself for a moment, caught up in the drama.
SIMEON
Yes!
Self-conscious, he takes his seat again almost immediately.
His COLLEAGUES are transfixed by the live ON-AIR monitor
continuing to play its only available shot, the open door in
the sky.
Gradually, the attention of those in the control room shifts
from the monitor to CHRISTOF. He sits slumped, staring at
the open door in the sky.
Eventually MOSES looks to Simeon. Moses nods to the "ON AIR"
button. Simeon presses the button and the screen -- the
movie screen -- goes to static.
MONTAGE/END TITLES
FADE OUT
| The Truman Show | |
|---|---|
Theatrical release poster |
|
| Directed by | Peter Weir |
| Written by | Andrew Niccol |
| Produced by |
|
| Starring |
|
| Cinematography | Peter Biziou |
| Edited by |
|
| Music by |
|
|
Production |
Scott Rudin Productions |
| Distributed by | Paramount Pictures |
|
Release dates |
|
|
Running time |
103 minutes[1] |
| Country | United States |
| Language | English |
| Budget | $60 million[2] |
| Box office | $264.1 million[3] |
The Truman Show is a 1998 American psychological satirical comedy drama film[4] directed by Peter Weir, produced by Scott Rudin, Andrew Niccol, Edward S. Feldman, and Adam Schroeder, and written by Niccol. The film stars Jim Carrey as Truman Burbank, a man who grew up living an ordinary life that—unbeknownst to him—takes place on a large set populated by actors for a television show about him. The supporting cast includes Laura Linney, Ed Harris, Noah Emmerich, Natascha McElhone, Holland Taylor, Paul Giamatti, and Brian Delate.
Unlike the finished product, Niccol’s spec script was more of a science-fiction thriller, with the story set in New York City. Scott Rudin purchased the script and set up production at Paramount Pictures. Brian De Palma was to direct before Weir signed as director, making the film for $60 million—$20 million less than the original estimate. Niccol rewrote the script while the crew was waiting for Carrey to sign. The majority of filming took place at Seaside, Florida, a master-planned community located in the Florida Panhandle.
The Truman Show held its world premiere in Los Angeles on June 1, 1998, and was released in North America on June 5. The film was a financial success, debuting to critical acclaim, and earned numerous nominations at the 71st Academy Awards, 56th Golden Globe Awards, 52nd British Academy Film Awards, and 25th Saturn Awards. The Truman Show has been analyzed as an exploration of simulated reality, existentialism, surveillance, religion, metaphilosophy, privacy, and reality television, and described as a genre-blending that features elements of dystopian fiction, metafiction, psychological drama, romantic comedy, satire, and social science fiction.
Plot[edit]
Truman Burbank is the unsuspecting star of The Truman Show, a reality television program filmed 24/7 through thousands of hidden cameras and broadcast to a worldwide audience. Christof, the show’s creator and executive producer, seeks to capture Truman’s authentic emotions and give audiences a relatable everyman. Truman has been the star of the show since he was born and the studio officially adopted him.
As Truman was selected from birth following an unwanted pregnancy, Christof claims that Truman came to be adopted not just by the show, but by the whole «world». Truman’s hometown of Seahaven Island is a complete set built within an enormous dome, populated by crew members and actors who highlight the product placements that generate revenue for the show. The elaborate set allows Christof to control almost every aspect of Truman’s life, including the weather.
To prevent Truman from discovering his false reality, Christof manufactures scenarios that dissuade Truman’s desire for exploration, such as the «death» of his father in a sea storm to instill aquaphobia, and by constantly broadcasting and printing messages of the dangers of traveling and the virtues of staying home. However, Christof cannot predict all of Truman’s actions. During his college years, Truman was intended to fall in love with and marry co-student Meryl, but fell for Sylvia, an extra.
Although Sylvia was quickly removed from the show before she could disclose its nature to Truman, he continues to remember her, and secretly dreams of a life with Sylvia outside of his marriage to Meryl. To this end, he seeks to travel to Fiji, where he was told Sylvia’s family moved. In the real world, Sylvia is a part of «Free Truman», an activist group that seeks to cancel the show and have Truman released.
As the show approaches its 30th anniversary, Truman begins discovering unusual elements, such as a spotlight falling out of the sky in front of his house and a radio channel that precisely describes his movements. These events are punctuated by the reappearance of his father, who had infiltrated the set, with the crew believing the actor was somehow recast. Truman begins questioning his life and realizes that the city somehow revolves around him. Meryl’s stress from attempting to uphold the charade in the face of Truman’s growing skepticism and hostility causes their marriage to deteriorate.
One day, Truman takes Meryl by surprise by going on an impromptu road trip, but increasingly implausible emergencies block their way. During an argument ignited by Meryl attempting to advertise a product, Truman determines that Meryl is a part of the conspiracy and holds her at knife-point; she breaks character and is taken off the show. Hoping to bring Truman back to a controllable state, Christof re-introduces Truman’s father to the show properly, under the guise of having lost his memory after the boating accident. This helps the show regain the ratings lead with audiences, and Truman seems to return to his routines, except he begins sleeping in his basement. One night, Truman secretly disappears through a makeshift tunnel in his basement, forcing Christof to temporarily suspend the broadcast for the first time in its history. Audiences around the world are captivated by this unexpected event, and record numbers tune in.
Christof orders a citywide search for Truman and is soon forced to «cue the sun» and break the production’s day-night cycle to optimize the search. Christof discovers Truman sailing away from Seahaven on a small boat, having conquered his fear of water. He resumes the transmission and, unable to fetch Truman by boat, creates a violent storm in an attempt to capsize Truman’s boat. After nearly drowning Truman but failing to break his spirit, Christof ends the storm. Truman continues to sail until his boat strikes the wall of the dome.
Initially horrified, Truman discovers a nearby staircase leading to an exit door. As Truman contemplates leaving his world, Christof speaks directly to Truman through a speaker system and tries to persuade him to stay, claiming that there is no more truth in the real world than in his artificial one, where he would have nothing to fear. After a moment of reflection, Truman says his catchphrase: «In case I don’t see you… good afternoon, good evening, and good night», bows to his audience and exits. The viewers celebrate his escape, and Sylvia races to greet him. Christof’s supervisors finally end the program on a shot of the open exit door, leaving Christof to mourn over the truth of his defeat. Truman’s fans—the viewers of the show—cheer upon his successful escape and then, after transmission ceases, ask what else is on television.
Cast[edit]
- Jim Carrey as Truman Burbank
- Chosen out of six unwanted pregnancies to be the first child legally adopted by a corporation, Truman is unaware that his daily life is broadcast continuously worldwide. He has a job in the insurance business and a wife, but he eventually notices that his environment is not what it seems to be. Robin Williams was considered for the role. Still, Weir cast Carrey after seeing him in Ace Ventura: Pet Detective because Carrey’s performance reminded him of Charlie Chaplin.[5] Carrey took the opportunity to proclaim himself as a dramatic actor, rather than being typecast in comedic roles.[6] Carrey, who was then normally paid $20 million per film, agreed to do The Truman Show for $12 million.[7] Carrey also said it was the fastest that he ever accepted a role.[8] Carrey and Weir initially found working together on set difficult (Carrey’s contract gave him the power to demand rewrites), but Weir was impressed with Carrey’s improvisational skills, and the two became more interactive.[5][failed verification] The scene in which Truman declares «this planet Trumania of the Burbank galaxy» to the bathroom mirror was Carrey’s idea.[9]
- Laura Linney as Hannah Gill, acting as Meryl Burbank, Truman’s wife
- A nurse at the local hospital. Since the show relies on product placement for revenue, Meryl regularly shows off various items that she has recently «purchased», one of the many oddities that makes Truman question his life. Her role is to act the part of Truman’s wife and ultimately to have a child by him, despite her reluctance to accomplish either. She is written off the show after a heated argument with Truman, which is portrayed as a divorce. Linney heavily studied Sears catalogs from the 1950s to develop her character’s poses.[10]
- Ed Harris as Christof
- The creator of The Truman Show. Christof remains dedicated to the program at all costs, often overseeing and directing its course in person rather than through aides. Dennis Hopper was originally cast in the role, but he left in April 1997 (during filming) over «creative differences». Harris was a last-minute replacement.[7] Hopper later stated that he was fired after two days because Weir and producer Scott Rudin had made a deal that if they did not both approve of Hopper’s performance, they would replace him.[11] A number of other actors had turned down the role after Hopper’s departure.[9] Harris considered making Christof a hunchback, but Weir did not like the idea.[5]
- Noah Emmerich as Louis Coltrane, playing Marlon, Truman’s best friend since early childhood
- Marlon is a vending machine operator for the company Goodies, who promises Truman that he would never lie to him, despite the latest events in Truman’s life. Emmerich has said, «My character is in a lot of pain. He feels really guilty about deceiving Truman. He’s had a serious drug addiction for many years. Been in and out of rehab.» Very little of this is shown in the finished film, but several deleted scenes depict Louis actively expressing guilt over Truman’s situation, and in one sequence, he spots Truman during his escape and purposely says nothing. His name is an amalgamation of two jazz musicians, Louis Armstrong and John Coltrane, and in one scene, he plays the trumpet.
- Natascha McElhone as Sylvia, playing Lauren Garland, Truman’s college schoolmate
- Sylvia was hired to play a background extra, a fellow student at Truman’s college, named Lauren. Unlike the other actors who are in it to get paid, she actually believes that Truman should be free from his false reality rather than be locked up like an animal. She became romantically involved with Truman and tried to reveal the truth to him about his life, but was removed from the show before she could do so. She then becomes a protester against The Truman Show, urging Christof to release its lead.
- Holland Taylor as Alanis Montclair, playing Truman’s mother Angela Burbank
- Brian Delate as Walter Moore, playing Truman’s father Kirk Burbank
- Walter’s character on The Truman Show—Truman’s «father», Kirk—is «killed off» by Christof during Truman’s childhood, supposedly dying in a rainstorm while the two are on a boat out at sea. This trauma is designed to instill a pathological fear of water that will keep Truman from escaping the show’s set, an artificial indoor island. Walter later sneaks inside Seahaven to revive his career by disguising himself as an extra. After Truman spots him, his character is reintroduced on the show by using amnesia to explain his absence.
- Paul Giamatti as Simeon, a control room director
- Peter Krause as Laurence, Truman’s boss
- Harry Shearer as Mike Michaelson, a TV talk-show host
- Philip Baker Hall as a Network Executive
- Joel McKinnon Miller as a garage attendant
Production[edit]
This house in Seaside, Florida, served as Truman’s home. The house is owned by the Gaetz family, which include U.S. politicians Don and Matt Gaetz.
Andrew Niccol completed a one-page film treatment titled The Malcolm Show in May 1991.[12] The original draft was more in tone of a science fiction thriller, with the story set in New York City.[10] Niccol stated, «I think everyone questions the authenticity of their lives at certain points. It’s like when kids ask if they’re adopted.»[13] In the fall of 1993,[14] producer Scott Rudin purchased the script for slightly over $1 million.[15] Paramount Pictures agreed to distribute. Part of the deal called for Niccol to make his directing debut, though Paramount executives felt the estimated $80 million budget would be too high for him.[16] In addition, Paramount wanted to go with an A-list director, paying Niccol extra money «to step aside». Brian De Palma was under negotiations to direct before he left United Talent Agency in March 1994.[14] Directors who were considered after De Palma’s departure included Tim Burton, Sam Raimi, Terry Gilliam, David Cronenberg, Barry Sonnenfeld and Steven Spielberg before Peter Weir signed on in early 1995,[5][17] following a recommendation of Niccol.[13] Bryan Singer wanted to direct but Paramount decided to go with the more experienced Weir.[18]
Weir wanted the film to be funnier, feeling that Niccol’s script was too dark, and declaring, «where [Niccol] had it depressing, I could make it light. It could convince audiences they could watch a show in this scope 24/7.» Niccol wrote sixteen drafts of the script before Weir considered the script ready for filming. Later in 1995, Jim Carrey signed to star,[10] but because of commitments with The Cable Guy and Liar Liar, he would not be ready to start filming for at least another year.[5] Weir felt Carrey was perfect for the role and opted to wait for another year rather than recast the role.[10] Niccol rewrote the script twelve times,[5] while Weir created a fictionalized book about the show’s history. He envisioned backstories for the characters and encouraged actors to do the same.[10]
Weir scouted locations in Eastern Florida but was dissatisfied with the landscapes. Sound stages at Universal Studios were reserved for the story’s setting of Seahaven before Weir’s wife Wendy Stites introduced him to Seaside, Florida, a «master-planned community» located in the Florida Panhandle. Pre-production offices were immediately opened in Seaside, where the majority of filming took place. The scenes of Truman’s house were filmed at a residence owned by the Gaetz family, which included Florida State Senator Don Gaetz and U.S. representative Matt Gaetz.[19] Other scenes were shot at Paramount Studios in Los Angeles, California.[9] Norman Rockwell paintings and 1960s postcards were used as inspiration for the film’s design.[20][21] Weir, Peter Biziou and Dennis Gassner researched surveillance techniques for certain shots.[20]
Filming took place from December 1996 to April 1998.[22] The overall look was influenced by television images, particularly commercials: Many shots have characters leaning into the lens with their eyes wide open, and the interior scenes are heavily lit because Weir wanted to remind viewers that «in this world, everything was for sale».[20] Those involved in visual effects work found the film somewhat difficult to make because 1997 was the year many visual effects companies were trying to convert to computer-generated imagery (CGI).[21] CGI was used to create the upper halves of some of the larger buildings in the film’s downtown set. Craig Barron, one of the effects supervisors, said that these digital models did not have to look as detailed and weathered as they normally would in a film because of the artificial look of the entire town, although they did imitate slight blemishes found in the physical buildings.[23]
Soundtrack[edit]
Themes[edit]
Media[edit]
«This was a dangerous film to make because it couldn’t happen. How ironic.»
Director Peter Weir on The Truman Show predicting the rise of reality television[9]
In 2008, Popular Mechanics named The Truman Show as one of the 10 most prophetic science fiction films. Journalist Erik Sofge argued that the story reflects the falseness of reality television. «Truman simply lives, and the show’s popularity is its straightforward voyeurism. And, like Big Brother, Survivor, and every other reality show on the air, none of his environment is actually real.» He deemed it an eerie coincidence that Big Brother made its debut a year after the film’s release, and he also compared the film to the 2003 program The Joe Schmo Show: «Unlike Truman, Matt Gould could see the cameras, but all of the other contestants were paid actors, playing the part of various reality-show stereotypes. While Matt eventually got all of the prizes in the rigged contest, the show’s central running joke was in the same existential ballpark as The Truman Show.»[24] Weir declared, «There has always been this question: Is the audience getting dumber? Or are we filmmakers patronizing them? Is this what they want? Or is this what we’re giving them? But the public went to my film in large numbers. And that has to be encouraging.»[13]
Ronald Bishop’s paper in the Journal of Communication Enquiry suggests The Truman Show showcased the power of the media. Truman’s life inspires audiences around the world, meaning their lives are controlled by his. Bishop commented, «In the end, the power of the media is affirmed rather than challenged. In the spirit of Antonio Gramsci’s concept of hegemony, these films and television programs co-opt our enchantment (and disenchantment) with the media and sell it back to us.»[25][26]
In her essay «Reading The Truman Show inside out» Simone Knox argues that the film itself tries to blur the objective perspective and the show-within-the-film. Knox also draws a floor plan of the camera angles of the first scene.[27]
Psychoanalytic interpretation[edit]
An essay published in the International Journal of Psychoanalysis analyzed Truman as
a prototypical adolescent at the beginning of the movie. He feels trapped into a familial and social world to which he tries to conform while being unable to entirely identify with it, believing that he has no other choice (other than through the fantasy of fleeing to a far-way island). Eventually, Truman gains sufficient awareness of his condition to «leave home»—developing a more mature and authentic identity as an adult, leaving his child-self behind and becoming a True-man.[28]
For the 2022 Cannes Film Festival, its official poster pays homage to the film and its final scene with their website stating that «Peter Weir and Andrew Niccol’s The Truman Show (1998) is a modern reflection of Plato’s cave and the decisive scene urges viewers to not only experience the border between reality and its representation but to ponder the power of fiction, between manipulation and catharsis.»[29]
Religious interpretation[edit]
Benson Y. Parkinson of the Association for Mormon Letters compared the megalomaniacal Hollywood producer Christof to Lucifer.[30] According to Parkinson, the conversation between Truman and Marlon at the bridge can be compared to one between Moses and God in the Book of Moses.[31]
In C.S. Lewis and Narnia for Dummies by Rich Wagner, Christof is compared with Screwtape, the eponymous character of the 1942 The Screwtape Letters by C. S. Lewis.[32]
Similarity to Utopia[edit]
Parallels can be drawn from Thomas More’s 1516 book Utopia, in which More describes an island with only one entrance and only one exit. Only those who belonged to this island knew how to navigate their way through the treacherous openings safely and unharmed. This situation is similar to The Truman Show because there are limited entryways into the world that Truman knows. Truman does not belong to this utopia into which he has been implanted, and childhood trauma rendered him frightened of the prospect of ever leaving this small community. Utopian models of the past tended to be full of like-minded individuals who shared much in common, comparable to More’s Utopia and real-life groups such as the Shakers and the Oneida Community.[33] It is clear that the people in Truman’s world are like-minded in their common effort to keep him oblivious to reality. The suburban «picket fence» appearance of the show’s set is reminiscent of the «American Dream» of the 1950s. The «American Dream» concept in Truman’s world serves as an attempt to keep him happy and ignorant.[33]
Release[edit]
Originally set for August 8, 1997, the film’s theatrical release was pushed back initially to November 14, 1997, and then to the summer of 1998.[34][35] NBC purchased broadcast rights in December 1997, roughly eight months before the film’s release.[36] In March 2000, Turner Broadcasting System purchased the rights and now often airs the film on TBS.[37]
Critical response[edit]
On review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes, The Truman Show holds a 94% approval rating based on 140 reviews, with an average rating of 8.4/10. The website’s critics consensus reads, «A funny, tender, and thought-provoking film, The Truman Show is all the more noteworthy for its remarkably prescient vision of runaway celebrity culture and a nation with an insatiable thirst for the private details of ordinary lives.»[38] Metacritic, which uses a weighted average, assigned the film a score of 90 out of 100 based on 30 critics, indicating «universal acclaim».[39] Audiences polled by CinemaScore gave the film an average grade of «B» on an A+ to F scale.[40]
Giving the film a perfect four star score, Roger Ebert compared it to Forrest Gump, claiming that the film had the right balance of comedy and drama. He was also impressed with Jim Carrey’s dramatic performance.[41] Kenneth Turan of the Los Angeles Times wrote, «The Truman Show is emotionally involving without losing the ability to raise sharp satiric questions as well as get numerous laughs. The rare film that is disturbing despite working beautifully within standard industry norms.»[42] He would name it the best movie of 1998.[43] In June 2010, Entertainment Weekly named Truman one of the 100 Greatest Characters of the Last 20 Years.[44]
James Berardinelli liked the film’s approach of «not being the casual summer blockbuster with special effects», and he likened Carrey’s «[charismatic], understated and effective» performance to those of Tom Hanks and James Stewart.[45] Jonathan Rosenbaum of the Chicago Reader wrote, «Undeniably provocative and reasonably entertaining, The Truman Show is one of those high-concept movies whose concept is both clever and dumb.»[46] Tom Meek of Film Threat said the film was not funny enough but still found «something rewarding in its quirky demeanor».[47]
Accolades[edit]
The film is recognized by American Film Institute in these lists:
- 2006: AFI’s 100 Years…100 Cheers – Nominated[67]
The Truman Show delusion[edit]
Joel Gold, a psychiatrist at the Bellevue Hospital Center, revealed that by 2008, he had met five patients with schizophrenia (and had heard of another twelve) who believed their lives were reality television shows. Gold named the syndrome «The Truman Show delusion» after the film and attributed the delusion to a world that had become hungry for publicity. Gold stated that some patients were rendered happy by their disease, while «others were tormented». One traveled to New York to check whether the World Trade Center had actually fallen—believing the 9/11 attacks to be an elaborate plot twist in his personal storyline. Another came to climb the Statue of Liberty, believing that he would be reunited with his high school girlfriend at the top and finally be released from the show.[68]
In August 2008, the British Journal of Psychiatry reported similar cases in the United Kingdom.[69] The delusion has informally been referred to as «Truman syndrome», according to an Associated Press story from 2008.[70]
After hearing about the condition, Andrew Niccol, writer of The Truman Show, said: «You know you’ve made it when you have a disease named after you.»[71]
See also[edit]
- Articles
- List of films featuring surveillance
- Potemkin village
- Simulated reality in fiction
- Media
- «They», a 1941 story by Robert A. Heinlein
- Time Out of Joint, 1959 novel
- 36 Hours, 1965 film
- The Prisoner, 1967 television series
- EDtv, 1999 film
- Disturbia, 2007 film
- «Special Service» a 1989 episode of The Twilight Zone
- «White Bear», 2013 episode of Black Mirror
- Free Guy, 2021 film
References[edit]
- ^ «The Truman Show». British Board of Film Classification. Archived from the original on January 30, 2021. Retrieved December 27, 2015.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998) — Financial Information». The Numbers. Archived from the original on January 5, 2016. Retrieved December 27, 2015.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Box Office Mojo. Archived from the original on January 2, 2016. Retrieved December 27, 2015.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998) — Peter Weir | Synopsis, Characteristics, Moods, Themes and Related». AllMovie. Archived from the original on April 20, 2021. Retrieved February 1, 2021.
- ^ a b c d e f Svetkey, Benjamin (June 5, 1998). «Jim Carrey’s serious turn in The Truman Show». Entertainment Weekly. Archived from the original on February 17, 2020. Retrieved March 16, 2008.
- ^ Weinraub, Bernard (May 21, 1998). «Director Tries a Fantasy As He Questions Reality». The New York Times. Archived from the original on July 13, 2021. Retrieved April 1, 2008.
- ^ a b Busch, Anita M. (April 7, 1997). «New Truman villain: Harris». Variety. Archived from the original on March 27, 2017. Retrieved March 27, 2017.
- ^ «The Truman Show is the Fastest Jim Carrey Ever Said Yes to a Role». Screen Rant. April 4, 2022.
- ^ a b c d How’s It Going to End? The Making of The Truman Show, Part 2 (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2005.
- ^ a b c d e How’s It Going to End? The Making of The Truman Show, Part 1 (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2005.
- ^ «Farewell then Dennis Hopper». Archived from the original on August 5, 2019. Retrieved August 5, 2019.
- ^ Carver, Benedict (June 22, 1998). «‘Truman’ suit retort». Variety. Archived from the original on November 5, 2012. Retrieved May 15, 2009.
- ^ a b c Johnston, Sheila (September 20, 1998). «Interview: The clevering-up of America». The Independent. London. Archived from the original on July 22, 2009. Retrieved April 1, 2008.
- ^ a b Fleming, Michael (March 10, 1994). «SNL’s Farley crashes filmdom». Variety. Archived from the original on October 23, 2007. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ Fleming, Michael (February 18, 1994). «TriStar acquires female bounty hunter project». Variety. Archived from the original on July 21, 2009. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ Blackwelder, Rob (August 12, 2002). «S1M0NE’S SIRE». Spliced Wire. Archived from the original on April 12, 2008. Retrieved March 28, 2008.
- ^ «The Complexity of Cronenberg». Los Angeles Times. April 22, 1999.
- ^ Bernard, Weinraub (July 9, 2000). «An Unusual Choice for the Role of Studio Superhero». The New York Times.
- ^ Zak, Dan (February 20, 2018). «Rep. Matt Gaetz wants you to know who he is, and his plan is working». The Washington Post. Archived from the original on July 13, 2021. Retrieved October 24, 2019.
- ^ a b c Rudolph, Eric (June 1998). «This is Your Life». American Cinematographer. Archived from the original on April 21, 2008. Retrieved April 1, 2008.
- ^ a b Faux Finishing, the Visual Effects of The Truman Show (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2005.
- ^ «Photos: HISTORIC Florida town of Seaside during the filming of the Truman Show in 1998». The St. Augustine Record. Archived from the original on March 1, 2021. Retrieved June 5, 2021.
- ^ Rickitt, Richard (2000). Special Effects: The History and Technique. Billboard Books. pp. 207–208. ISBN 0-8230-7733-0.
- ^ Sofge, Erik (March 28, 2008). «The 10 Most Prophetic Sci-Fi Movies Ever». Popular Mechanics. Archived from the original on March 31, 2008. Retrieved March 31, 2008.
- ^ Bishop, R. (2000). «Good Afternoon, Good Evening, and Good Night: The Truman Show as Media Criticism». Journal of Communication Inquiry. 24 (1): 6–18. doi:10.1177/0196859900024001002. S2CID 144594865.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Radio Times. Retrieved January 15, 2022.
- ^ Knox, Simone (2010). «Reading ‘The Truman Show’ inside out». Film Criticism. 35 (1). Archived from the original on July 13, 2021. Retrieved January 7, 2019.
- ^ Brearley, Michael; Sabbadini, Andrea (2008). «The Truman Show: How’s it going to end?». The International Journal of Psychoanalysis. 89 (2): 433–40. doi:10.1111/j.1745-8315.2008.00030.x. PMID 18405297. S2CID 21426608.
- ^ «The Official Poster of the 75th Festival de Cannes — Festival de Cannes». Cannes Film Festival. April 19, 2022. Retrieved April 21, 2022.
- ^ Benson Y. Parkinson. «The Truman Show (film)». Archived from the original on July 27, 2011. Retrieved January 10, 2010.
- ^ Parkinson, Benson (September 19, 2003). «The Literary Combine: Intimations of Immortality on The Truman Show«. Association for Mormon Letters. Archived from the original on February 9, 2008. Retrieved March 25, 2008.
- ^ Wagner, Richard (2005). «C.S. Lewis and Narnia for Dummies»: 179.
- ^ a b Beuka, Robert. SuburbiaNation: Reading Suburban Landscape in Twentieth Century American Fiction and Film. 1st ed. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2004. ix-284.
- ^ Hindes, Andrew (April 10, 1997). «Speed 2 shifted in sked scramble». Variety. Archived from the original on July 14, 2014. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ «It’s ‘Show’ Time». EW.com. Archived from the original on August 9, 2020. Retrieved June 11, 2018.
- ^ Hontz, Jenny (December 18, 1997). «Peacock buys Par pic pack». Variety. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ «Turner Broadcasting Acquires Runaway Bride, Deep Impact, The Truman Show, Forrest Gump and Others in Film Deal With Paramount». Business Wire. March 6, 2000.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Rotten Tomatoes. Fandango. Archived from the original on January 10, 2021. Retrieved February 2, 2023.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Metacritic. CBS Interactive. Archived from the original on July 14, 2019. Retrieved June 24, 2019.
- ^ «CinemaScore». CinemaScore. Archived from the original on October 2, 2019. Retrieved June 24, 2019.
- ^ Ebert, Roger (June 5, 1998). «The Truman Show». RogerEbert.com. Archived from the original on December 22, 2020. Retrieved December 16, 2020.
- ^ Turna, Kenneth (June 5, 1998). «The Truman Show». Los Angeles Times. Archived from the original on March 17, 2008. Retrieved March 21, 2008.
- ^ Turan, Kenneth (December 27, 1998). «‘Truman Show’ Was Definitely the One to Watch». Los Angeles Times. Archived from the original on March 5, 2018. Retrieved April 20, 2020.
- ^ Adam B. Vary (June 1, 2010). «The 100 Greatest Characters of the Last 20 Years: Here’s our full list!». Entertainment Weekly. Archived from the original on June 3, 2010. Retrieved July 7, 2012.
- ^ Berardinelli, James (June 5, 1998). «The Truman Show». ReelViews. Archived from the original on February 3, 2019. Retrieved March 21, 2008.
- ^ Rosenbaum, Jonathan. «The Audience Is Us». Chicago Reader. Archived from the original on November 8, 2014. Retrieved October 27, 2014.
- ^ Meek, Tom. «The Truman Show». Film Threat. Archived from the original on December 7, 2008. Retrieved March 21, 2008.
- ^ «The 71st Academy Awards (1999) Nominees and Winners». Oscars.org. Retrieved November 19, 2011.
- ^ «BAFTA Awards: Film in 1999». BAFTA. 1999. Retrieved September 16, 2016.
- ^ «Best Cinematography» (PDF). Retrieved June 3, 2021.
- ^ «Chicago Film Critics Awards — 1998–07». Chicagofilmcritics.org. Archived from the original on October 17, 2013. Retrieved August 8, 2011.
- ^ Clinton, Paul (26 January 1999). «Broadcast Film critics name ‘Saving Private Ryan’ best film». CNN. Archived from the original on 5 March 2017. Retrieved 11 September 2016.
- ^ «51st Annual DGA Awards: Winners and Nominees». Directors Guild of America. Retrieved September 16, 2016.
- ^ «1999 Empire Awards». Empireonline.co.uk. 1999. Archived from the original on August 16, 2000.
- ^ «1998 FFCC AWARD WINNERS». Florida Film Critics Circle. Retrieved August 24, 2021.
- ^ «The Truman Show – Golden Globes». HFPA. Retrieved July 5, 2021.
- ^ «The 24th Annual Los Angeles Film Critics Association Awards». Los Angeles Film Critics Association. Retrieved July 5, 2021.
- ^ «1998 Award Winners». National Board of Review. Retrieved July 5, 2021.
- ^ «3rd Annual Film Awards (1998)». Online Film & Television Association. Retrieved May 15, 2021.
- ^ «Film Hall of Fame Productions». Online Film & Television Association. Retrieved May 15, 2021.
- ^ «1998 Awards (2nd Annual)». Online Film Critics Society. January 3, 2012. Retrieved November 21, 2021.
- ^ «International Press Academy website – 1999 3rd Annual SATELLITE Awards». Archived from the original on February 1, 2008.
- ^ «Past Saturn Awards». Saturn Awards Organization. Archived from the original on December 19, 2008. Retrieved November 1, 2008.
- ^ «1998 SEFA Awards». sefca.net. Retrieved May 15, 2021.
- ^ «WGA Awards: Previous Nominees and Winners». Writers Guild of America Award. 1999. Archived from the original on March 7, 2016. Retrieved September 16, 2016.
- ^ «The 20th Annual Youth in Film Awards». Young Artist Awards. Archived from the original on November 28, 2016. Retrieved March 24, 2017.
- ^ «AFI’s 100 Years…100 Cheers Nominees» (PDF). Archived (PDF) from the original on April 2, 2019. Retrieved August 14, 2016.
- ^ Jesse, Ellison (August 2, 2008). «When Life Is Like a TV Show». Newsweek. Archived from the original on December 24, 2013. Retrieved August 20, 2008.
- ^ Fusar-Poli, P.; Howes, O.; Valmaggia, L.; McGuire, P. (2008). «‘Truman’ signs and vulnerability to psychosis». The British Journal of Psychiatry. 193 (2): 168. doi:10.1192/bjp.193.2.168. PMID 18670010.
- ^ Kershaw, Sarah (August 27, 2008). «Look Closely, Doctor: See the Camera?». The New York Times. Archived from the original on December 9, 2008. Retrieved January 8, 2009.
- ^ «NZ filmmaker adds to medical lexicon». 3 News NZ. March 20, 2013. Archived from the original on July 29, 2013. Retrieved March 20, 2013.
External links[edit]
| The Truman Show | |
|---|---|
|
Theatrical release poster |
|
| Directed by | Peter Weir |
| Written by | Andrew Niccol |
| Produced by |
|
| Starring |
|
| Cinematography | Peter Biziou |
| Edited by |
|
| Music by |
|
|
Production |
Scott Rudin Productions |
| Distributed by | Paramount Pictures |
|
Release dates |
|
|
Running time |
103 minutes[1] |
| Country | United States |
| Language | English |
| Budget | $60 million[2] |
| Box office | $264.1 million[3] |
The Truman Show is a 1998 American psychological satirical comedy drama film[4] directed by Peter Weir, produced by Scott Rudin, Andrew Niccol, Edward S. Feldman, and Adam Schroeder, and written by Niccol. The film stars Jim Carrey as Truman Burbank, a man who grew up living an ordinary life that—unbeknownst to him—takes place on a large set populated by actors for a television show about him. The supporting cast includes Laura Linney, Ed Harris, Noah Emmerich, Natascha McElhone, Holland Taylor, Paul Giamatti, and Brian Delate.
Unlike the finished product, Niccol’s spec script was more of a science-fiction thriller, with the story set in New York City. Scott Rudin purchased the script and set up production at Paramount Pictures. Brian De Palma was to direct before Weir signed as director, making the film for $60 million—$20 million less than the original estimate. Niccol rewrote the script while the crew was waiting for Carrey to sign. The majority of filming took place at Seaside, Florida, a master-planned community located in the Florida Panhandle.
The Truman Show held its world premiere in Los Angeles on June 1, 1998, and was released in North America on June 5. The film was a financial success, debuting to critical acclaim, and earned numerous nominations at the 71st Academy Awards, 56th Golden Globe Awards, 52nd British Academy Film Awards, and 25th Saturn Awards. The Truman Show has been analyzed as an exploration of simulated reality, existentialism, surveillance, religion, metaphilosophy, privacy, and reality television, and described as a genre-blending that features elements of dystopian fiction, metafiction, psychological drama, romantic comedy, satire, and social science fiction.
Plot[edit]
Truman Burbank is the unsuspecting star of The Truman Show, a reality television program filmed 24/7 through thousands of hidden cameras and broadcast to a worldwide audience. Christof, the show’s creator and executive producer, seeks to capture Truman’s authentic emotions and give audiences a relatable everyman. Truman has been the star of the show since he was born and the studio officially adopted him.
As Truman was selected from birth following an unwanted pregnancy, Christof claims that Truman came to be adopted not just by the show, but by the whole «world». Truman’s hometown of Seahaven Island is a complete set built within an enormous dome, populated by crew members and actors who highlight the product placements that generate revenue for the show. The elaborate set allows Christof to control almost every aspect of Truman’s life, including the weather.
To prevent Truman from discovering his false reality, Christof manufactures scenarios that dissuade Truman’s desire for exploration, such as the «death» of his father in a sea storm to instill aquaphobia, and by constantly broadcasting and printing messages of the dangers of traveling and the virtues of staying home. However, Christof cannot predict all of Truman’s actions. During his college years, Truman was intended to fall in love with and marry co-student Meryl, but fell for Sylvia, an extra.
Although Sylvia was quickly removed from the show before she could disclose its nature to Truman, he continues to remember her, and secretly dreams of a life with Sylvia outside of his marriage to Meryl. To this end, he seeks to travel to Fiji, where he was told Sylvia’s family moved. In the real world, Sylvia is a part of «Free Truman», an activist group that seeks to cancel the show and have Truman released.
As the show approaches its 30th anniversary, Truman begins discovering unusual elements, such as a spotlight falling out of the sky in front of his house and a radio channel that precisely describes his movements. These events are punctuated by the reappearance of his father, who had infiltrated the set, with the crew believing the actor was somehow recast. Truman begins questioning his life and realizes that the city somehow revolves around him. Meryl’s stress from attempting to uphold the charade in the face of Truman’s growing skepticism and hostility causes their marriage to deteriorate.
One day, Truman takes Meryl by surprise by going on an impromptu road trip, but increasingly implausible emergencies block their way. During an argument ignited by Meryl attempting to advertise a product, Truman determines that Meryl is a part of the conspiracy and holds her at knife-point; she breaks character and is taken off the show. Hoping to bring Truman back to a controllable state, Christof re-introduces Truman’s father to the show properly, under the guise of having lost his memory after the boating accident. This helps the show regain the ratings lead with audiences, and Truman seems to return to his routines, except he begins sleeping in his basement. One night, Truman secretly disappears through a makeshift tunnel in his basement, forcing Christof to temporarily suspend the broadcast for the first time in its history. Audiences around the world are captivated by this unexpected event, and record numbers tune in.
Christof orders a citywide search for Truman and is soon forced to «cue the sun» and break the production’s day-night cycle to optimize the search. Christof discovers Truman sailing away from Seahaven on a small boat, having conquered his fear of water. He resumes the transmission and, unable to fetch Truman by boat, creates a violent storm in an attempt to capsize Truman’s boat. After nearly drowning Truman but failing to break his spirit, Christof ends the storm. Truman continues to sail until his boat strikes the wall of the dome.
Initially horrified, Truman discovers a nearby staircase leading to an exit door. As Truman contemplates leaving his world, Christof speaks directly to Truman through a speaker system and tries to persuade him to stay, claiming that there is no more truth in the real world than in his artificial one, where he would have nothing to fear. After a moment of reflection, Truman says his catchphrase: «In case I don’t see you… good afternoon, good evening, and good night», bows to his audience and exits. The viewers celebrate his escape, and Sylvia races to greet him. Christof’s supervisors finally end the program on a shot of the open exit door, leaving Christof to mourn over the truth of his defeat. Truman’s fans—the viewers of the show—cheer upon his successful escape and then, after transmission ceases, ask what else is on television.
Cast[edit]
- Jim Carrey as Truman Burbank
- Chosen out of six unwanted pregnancies to be the first child legally adopted by a corporation, Truman is unaware that his daily life is broadcast continuously worldwide. He has a job in the insurance business and a wife, but he eventually notices that his environment is not what it seems to be. Robin Williams was considered for the role. Still, Weir cast Carrey after seeing him in Ace Ventura: Pet Detective because Carrey’s performance reminded him of Charlie Chaplin.[5] Carrey took the opportunity to proclaim himself as a dramatic actor, rather than being typecast in comedic roles.[6] Carrey, who was then normally paid $20 million per film, agreed to do The Truman Show for $12 million.[7] Carrey also said it was the fastest that he ever accepted a role.[8] Carrey and Weir initially found working together on set difficult (Carrey’s contract gave him the power to demand rewrites), but Weir was impressed with Carrey’s improvisational skills, and the two became more interactive.[5][failed verification] The scene in which Truman declares «this planet Trumania of the Burbank galaxy» to the bathroom mirror was Carrey’s idea.[9]
- Laura Linney as Hannah Gill, acting as Meryl Burbank, Truman’s wife
- A nurse at the local hospital. Since the show relies on product placement for revenue, Meryl regularly shows off various items that she has recently «purchased», one of the many oddities that makes Truman question his life. Her role is to act the part of Truman’s wife and ultimately to have a child by him, despite her reluctance to accomplish either. She is written off the show after a heated argument with Truman, which is portrayed as a divorce. Linney heavily studied Sears catalogs from the 1950s to develop her character’s poses.[10]
- Ed Harris as Christof
- The creator of The Truman Show. Christof remains dedicated to the program at all costs, often overseeing and directing its course in person rather than through aides. Dennis Hopper was originally cast in the role, but he left in April 1997 (during filming) over «creative differences». Harris was a last-minute replacement.[7] Hopper later stated that he was fired after two days because Weir and producer Scott Rudin had made a deal that if they did not both approve of Hopper’s performance, they would replace him.[11] A number of other actors had turned down the role after Hopper’s departure.[9] Harris considered making Christof a hunchback, but Weir did not like the idea.[5]
- Noah Emmerich as Louis Coltrane, playing Marlon, Truman’s best friend since early childhood
- Marlon is a vending machine operator for the company Goodies, who promises Truman that he would never lie to him, despite the latest events in Truman’s life. Emmerich has said, «My character is in a lot of pain. He feels really guilty about deceiving Truman. He’s had a serious drug addiction for many years. Been in and out of rehab.» Very little of this is shown in the finished film, but several deleted scenes depict Louis actively expressing guilt over Truman’s situation, and in one sequence, he spots Truman during his escape and purposely says nothing. His name is an amalgamation of two jazz musicians, Louis Armstrong and John Coltrane, and in one scene, he plays the trumpet.
- Natascha McElhone as Sylvia, playing Lauren Garland, Truman’s college schoolmate
- Sylvia was hired to play a background extra, a fellow student at Truman’s college, named Lauren. Unlike the other actors who are in it to get paid, she actually believes that Truman should be free from his false reality rather than be locked up like an animal. She became romantically involved with Truman and tried to reveal the truth to him about his life, but was removed from the show before she could do so. She then becomes a protester against The Truman Show, urging Christof to release its lead.
- Holland Taylor as Alanis Montclair, playing Truman’s mother Angela Burbank
- Brian Delate as Walter Moore, playing Truman’s father Kirk Burbank
- Walter’s character on The Truman Show—Truman’s «father», Kirk—is «killed off» by Christof during Truman’s childhood, supposedly dying in a rainstorm while the two are on a boat out at sea. This trauma is designed to instill a pathological fear of water that will keep Truman from escaping the show’s set, an artificial indoor island. Walter later sneaks inside Seahaven to revive his career by disguising himself as an extra. After Truman spots him, his character is reintroduced on the show by using amnesia to explain his absence.
- Paul Giamatti as Simeon, a control room director
- Peter Krause as Laurence, Truman’s boss
- Harry Shearer as Mike Michaelson, a TV talk-show host
- Philip Baker Hall as a Network Executive
- Joel McKinnon Miller as a garage attendant
Production[edit]
This house in Seaside, Florida, served as Truman’s home. The house is owned by the Gaetz family, which include U.S. politicians Don and Matt Gaetz.
Andrew Niccol completed a one-page film treatment titled The Malcolm Show in May 1991.[12] The original draft was more in tone of a science fiction thriller, with the story set in New York City.[10] Niccol stated, «I think everyone questions the authenticity of their lives at certain points. It’s like when kids ask if they’re adopted.»[13] In the fall of 1993,[14] producer Scott Rudin purchased the script for slightly over $1 million.[15] Paramount Pictures agreed to distribute. Part of the deal called for Niccol to make his directing debut, though Paramount executives felt the estimated $80 million budget would be too high for him.[16] In addition, Paramount wanted to go with an A-list director, paying Niccol extra money «to step aside». Brian De Palma was under negotiations to direct before he left United Talent Agency in March 1994.[14] Directors who were considered after De Palma’s departure included Tim Burton, Sam Raimi, Terry Gilliam, David Cronenberg, Barry Sonnenfeld and Steven Spielberg before Peter Weir signed on in early 1995,[5][17] following a recommendation of Niccol.[13] Bryan Singer wanted to direct but Paramount decided to go with the more experienced Weir.[18]
Weir wanted the film to be funnier, feeling that Niccol’s script was too dark, and declaring, «where [Niccol] had it depressing, I could make it light. It could convince audiences they could watch a show in this scope 24/7.» Niccol wrote sixteen drafts of the script before Weir considered the script ready for filming. Later in 1995, Jim Carrey signed to star,[10] but because of commitments with The Cable Guy and Liar Liar, he would not be ready to start filming for at least another year.[5] Weir felt Carrey was perfect for the role and opted to wait for another year rather than recast the role.[10] Niccol rewrote the script twelve times,[5] while Weir created a fictionalized book about the show’s history. He envisioned backstories for the characters and encouraged actors to do the same.[10]
Weir scouted locations in Eastern Florida but was dissatisfied with the landscapes. Sound stages at Universal Studios were reserved for the story’s setting of Seahaven before Weir’s wife Wendy Stites introduced him to Seaside, Florida, a «master-planned community» located in the Florida Panhandle. Pre-production offices were immediately opened in Seaside, where the majority of filming took place. The scenes of Truman’s house were filmed at a residence owned by the Gaetz family, which included Florida State Senator Don Gaetz and U.S. representative Matt Gaetz.[19] Other scenes were shot at Paramount Studios in Los Angeles, California.[9] Norman Rockwell paintings and 1960s postcards were used as inspiration for the film’s design.[20][21] Weir, Peter Biziou and Dennis Gassner researched surveillance techniques for certain shots.[20]
Filming took place from December 1996 to April 1998.[22] The overall look was influenced by television images, particularly commercials: Many shots have characters leaning into the lens with their eyes wide open, and the interior scenes are heavily lit because Weir wanted to remind viewers that «in this world, everything was for sale».[20] Those involved in visual effects work found the film somewhat difficult to make because 1997 was the year many visual effects companies were trying to convert to computer-generated imagery (CGI).[21] CGI was used to create the upper halves of some of the larger buildings in the film’s downtown set. Craig Barron, one of the effects supervisors, said that these digital models did not have to look as detailed and weathered as they normally would in a film because of the artificial look of the entire town, although they did imitate slight blemishes found in the physical buildings.[23]
Soundtrack[edit]
Themes[edit]
Media[edit]
«This was a dangerous film to make because it couldn’t happen. How ironic.»
Director Peter Weir on The Truman Show predicting the rise of reality television[9]
In 2008, Popular Mechanics named The Truman Show as one of the 10 most prophetic science fiction films. Journalist Erik Sofge argued that the story reflects the falseness of reality television. «Truman simply lives, and the show’s popularity is its straightforward voyeurism. And, like Big Brother, Survivor, and every other reality show on the air, none of his environment is actually real.» He deemed it an eerie coincidence that Big Brother made its debut a year after the film’s release, and he also compared the film to the 2003 program The Joe Schmo Show: «Unlike Truman, Matt Gould could see the cameras, but all of the other contestants were paid actors, playing the part of various reality-show stereotypes. While Matt eventually got all of the prizes in the rigged contest, the show’s central running joke was in the same existential ballpark as The Truman Show.»[24] Weir declared, «There has always been this question: Is the audience getting dumber? Or are we filmmakers patronizing them? Is this what they want? Or is this what we’re giving them? But the public went to my film in large numbers. And that has to be encouraging.»[13]
Ronald Bishop’s paper in the Journal of Communication Enquiry suggests The Truman Show showcased the power of the media. Truman’s life inspires audiences around the world, meaning their lives are controlled by his. Bishop commented, «In the end, the power of the media is affirmed rather than challenged. In the spirit of Antonio Gramsci’s concept of hegemony, these films and television programs co-opt our enchantment (and disenchantment) with the media and sell it back to us.»[25][26]
In her essay «Reading The Truman Show inside out» Simone Knox argues that the film itself tries to blur the objective perspective and the show-within-the-film. Knox also draws a floor plan of the camera angles of the first scene.[27]
Psychoanalytic interpretation[edit]
An essay published in the International Journal of Psychoanalysis analyzed Truman as
a prototypical adolescent at the beginning of the movie. He feels trapped into a familial and social world to which he tries to conform while being unable to entirely identify with it, believing that he has no other choice (other than through the fantasy of fleeing to a far-way island). Eventually, Truman gains sufficient awareness of his condition to «leave home»—developing a more mature and authentic identity as an adult, leaving his child-self behind and becoming a True-man.[28]
For the 2022 Cannes Film Festival, its official poster pays homage to the film and its final scene with their website stating that «Peter Weir and Andrew Niccol’s The Truman Show (1998) is a modern reflection of Plato’s cave and the decisive scene urges viewers to not only experience the border between reality and its representation but to ponder the power of fiction, between manipulation and catharsis.»[29]
Religious interpretation[edit]
Benson Y. Parkinson of the Association for Mormon Letters compared the megalomaniacal Hollywood producer Christof to Lucifer.[30] According to Parkinson, the conversation between Truman and Marlon at the bridge can be compared to one between Moses and God in the Book of Moses.[31]
In C.S. Lewis and Narnia for Dummies by Rich Wagner, Christof is compared with Screwtape, the eponymous character of the 1942 The Screwtape Letters by C. S. Lewis.[32]
Similarity to Utopia[edit]
Parallels can be drawn from Thomas More’s 1516 book Utopia, in which More describes an island with only one entrance and only one exit. Only those who belonged to this island knew how to navigate their way through the treacherous openings safely and unharmed. This situation is similar to The Truman Show because there are limited entryways into the world that Truman knows. Truman does not belong to this utopia into which he has been implanted, and childhood trauma rendered him frightened of the prospect of ever leaving this small community. Utopian models of the past tended to be full of like-minded individuals who shared much in common, comparable to More’s Utopia and real-life groups such as the Shakers and the Oneida Community.[33] It is clear that the people in Truman’s world are like-minded in their common effort to keep him oblivious to reality. The suburban «picket fence» appearance of the show’s set is reminiscent of the «American Dream» of the 1950s. The «American Dream» concept in Truman’s world serves as an attempt to keep him happy and ignorant.[33]
Release[edit]
Originally set for August 8, 1997, the film’s theatrical release was pushed back initially to November 14, 1997, and then to the summer of 1998.[34][35] NBC purchased broadcast rights in December 1997, roughly eight months before the film’s release.[36] In March 2000, Turner Broadcasting System purchased the rights and now often airs the film on TBS.[37]
Critical response[edit]
On review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes, The Truman Show holds a 94% approval rating based on 140 reviews, with an average rating of 8.4/10. The website’s critics consensus reads, «A funny, tender, and thought-provoking film, The Truman Show is all the more noteworthy for its remarkably prescient vision of runaway celebrity culture and a nation with an insatiable thirst for the private details of ordinary lives.»[38] Metacritic, which uses a weighted average, assigned the film a score of 90 out of 100 based on 30 critics, indicating «universal acclaim».[39] Audiences polled by CinemaScore gave the film an average grade of «B» on an A+ to F scale.[40]
Giving the film a perfect four star score, Roger Ebert compared it to Forrest Gump, claiming that the film had the right balance of comedy and drama. He was also impressed with Jim Carrey’s dramatic performance.[41] Kenneth Turan of the Los Angeles Times wrote, «The Truman Show is emotionally involving without losing the ability to raise sharp satiric questions as well as get numerous laughs. The rare film that is disturbing despite working beautifully within standard industry norms.»[42] He would name it the best movie of 1998.[43] In June 2010, Entertainment Weekly named Truman one of the 100 Greatest Characters of the Last 20 Years.[44]
James Berardinelli liked the film’s approach of «not being the casual summer blockbuster with special effects», and he likened Carrey’s «[charismatic], understated and effective» performance to those of Tom Hanks and James Stewart.[45] Jonathan Rosenbaum of the Chicago Reader wrote, «Undeniably provocative and reasonably entertaining, The Truman Show is one of those high-concept movies whose concept is both clever and dumb.»[46] Tom Meek of Film Threat said the film was not funny enough but still found «something rewarding in its quirky demeanor».[47]
Accolades[edit]
The film is recognized by American Film Institute in these lists:
- 2006: AFI’s 100 Years…100 Cheers – Nominated[67]
The Truman Show delusion[edit]
Joel Gold, a psychiatrist at the Bellevue Hospital Center, revealed that by 2008, he had met five patients with schizophrenia (and had heard of another twelve) who believed their lives were reality television shows. Gold named the syndrome «The Truman Show delusion» after the film and attributed the delusion to a world that had become hungry for publicity. Gold stated that some patients were rendered happy by their disease, while «others were tormented». One traveled to New York to check whether the World Trade Center had actually fallen—believing the 9/11 attacks to be an elaborate plot twist in his personal storyline. Another came to climb the Statue of Liberty, believing that he would be reunited with his high school girlfriend at the top and finally be released from the show.[68]
In August 2008, the British Journal of Psychiatry reported similar cases in the United Kingdom.[69] The delusion has informally been referred to as «Truman syndrome», according to an Associated Press story from 2008.[70]
After hearing about the condition, Andrew Niccol, writer of The Truman Show, said: «You know you’ve made it when you have a disease named after you.»[71]
See also[edit]
- Articles
- List of films featuring surveillance
- Potemkin village
- Simulated reality in fiction
- Media
- «They», a 1941 story by Robert A. Heinlein
- Time Out of Joint, 1959 novel
- 36 Hours, 1965 film
- The Prisoner, 1967 television series
- EDtv, 1999 film
- Disturbia, 2007 film
- «Special Service» a 1989 episode of The Twilight Zone
- «White Bear», 2013 episode of Black Mirror
- Free Guy, 2021 film
References[edit]
- ^ «The Truman Show». British Board of Film Classification. Archived from the original on January 30, 2021. Retrieved December 27, 2015.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998) — Financial Information». The Numbers. Archived from the original on January 5, 2016. Retrieved December 27, 2015.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Box Office Mojo. Archived from the original on January 2, 2016. Retrieved December 27, 2015.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998) — Peter Weir | Synopsis, Characteristics, Moods, Themes and Related». AllMovie. Archived from the original on April 20, 2021. Retrieved February 1, 2021.
- ^ a b c d e f Svetkey, Benjamin (June 5, 1998). «Jim Carrey’s serious turn in The Truman Show». Entertainment Weekly. Archived from the original on February 17, 2020. Retrieved March 16, 2008.
- ^ Weinraub, Bernard (May 21, 1998). «Director Tries a Fantasy As He Questions Reality». The New York Times. Archived from the original on July 13, 2021. Retrieved April 1, 2008.
- ^ a b Busch, Anita M. (April 7, 1997). «New Truman villain: Harris». Variety. Archived from the original on March 27, 2017. Retrieved March 27, 2017.
- ^ «The Truman Show is the Fastest Jim Carrey Ever Said Yes to a Role». Screen Rant. April 4, 2022.
- ^ a b c d How’s It Going to End? The Making of The Truman Show, Part 2 (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2005.
- ^ a b c d e How’s It Going to End? The Making of The Truman Show, Part 1 (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2005.
- ^ «Farewell then Dennis Hopper». Archived from the original on August 5, 2019. Retrieved August 5, 2019.
- ^ Carver, Benedict (June 22, 1998). «‘Truman’ suit retort». Variety. Archived from the original on November 5, 2012. Retrieved May 15, 2009.
- ^ a b c Johnston, Sheila (September 20, 1998). «Interview: The clevering-up of America». The Independent. London. Archived from the original on July 22, 2009. Retrieved April 1, 2008.
- ^ a b Fleming, Michael (March 10, 1994). «SNL’s Farley crashes filmdom». Variety. Archived from the original on October 23, 2007. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ Fleming, Michael (February 18, 1994). «TriStar acquires female bounty hunter project». Variety. Archived from the original on July 21, 2009. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ Blackwelder, Rob (August 12, 2002). «S1M0NE’S SIRE». Spliced Wire. Archived from the original on April 12, 2008. Retrieved March 28, 2008.
- ^ «The Complexity of Cronenberg». Los Angeles Times. April 22, 1999.
- ^ Bernard, Weinraub (July 9, 2000). «An Unusual Choice for the Role of Studio Superhero». The New York Times.
- ^ Zak, Dan (February 20, 2018). «Rep. Matt Gaetz wants you to know who he is, and his plan is working». The Washington Post. Archived from the original on July 13, 2021. Retrieved October 24, 2019.
- ^ a b c Rudolph, Eric (June 1998). «This is Your Life». American Cinematographer. Archived from the original on April 21, 2008. Retrieved April 1, 2008.
- ^ a b Faux Finishing, the Visual Effects of The Truman Show (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2005.
- ^ «Photos: HISTORIC Florida town of Seaside during the filming of the Truman Show in 1998». The St. Augustine Record. Archived from the original on March 1, 2021. Retrieved June 5, 2021.
- ^ Rickitt, Richard (2000). Special Effects: The History and Technique. Billboard Books. pp. 207–208. ISBN 0-8230-7733-0.
- ^ Sofge, Erik (March 28, 2008). «The 10 Most Prophetic Sci-Fi Movies Ever». Popular Mechanics. Archived from the original on March 31, 2008. Retrieved March 31, 2008.
- ^ Bishop, R. (2000). «Good Afternoon, Good Evening, and Good Night: The Truman Show as Media Criticism». Journal of Communication Inquiry. 24 (1): 6–18. doi:10.1177/0196859900024001002. S2CID 144594865.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Radio Times. Retrieved January 15, 2022.
- ^ Knox, Simone (2010). «Reading ‘The Truman Show’ inside out». Film Criticism. 35 (1). Archived from the original on July 13, 2021. Retrieved January 7, 2019.
- ^ Brearley, Michael; Sabbadini, Andrea (2008). «The Truman Show: How’s it going to end?». The International Journal of Psychoanalysis. 89 (2): 433–40. doi:10.1111/j.1745-8315.2008.00030.x. PMID 18405297. S2CID 21426608.
- ^ «The Official Poster of the 75th Festival de Cannes — Festival de Cannes». Cannes Film Festival. April 19, 2022. Retrieved April 21, 2022.
- ^ Benson Y. Parkinson. «The Truman Show (film)». Archived from the original on July 27, 2011. Retrieved January 10, 2010.
- ^ Parkinson, Benson (September 19, 2003). «The Literary Combine: Intimations of Immortality on The Truman Show«. Association for Mormon Letters. Archived from the original on February 9, 2008. Retrieved March 25, 2008.
- ^ Wagner, Richard (2005). «C.S. Lewis and Narnia for Dummies»: 179.
- ^ a b Beuka, Robert. SuburbiaNation: Reading Suburban Landscape in Twentieth Century American Fiction and Film. 1st ed. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2004. ix-284.
- ^ Hindes, Andrew (April 10, 1997). «Speed 2 shifted in sked scramble». Variety. Archived from the original on July 14, 2014. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ «It’s ‘Show’ Time». EW.com. Archived from the original on August 9, 2020. Retrieved June 11, 2018.
- ^ Hontz, Jenny (December 18, 1997). «Peacock buys Par pic pack». Variety. Retrieved March 8, 2008.
- ^ «Turner Broadcasting Acquires Runaway Bride, Deep Impact, The Truman Show, Forrest Gump and Others in Film Deal With Paramount». Business Wire. March 6, 2000.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Rotten Tomatoes. Fandango. Archived from the original on January 10, 2021. Retrieved February 2, 2023.
- ^ «The Truman Show (1998)». Metacritic. CBS Interactive. Archived from the original on July 14, 2019. Retrieved June 24, 2019.
- ^ «CinemaScore». CinemaScore. Archived from the original on October 2, 2019. Retrieved June 24, 2019.
- ^ Ebert, Roger (June 5, 1998). «The Truman Show». RogerEbert.com. Archived from the original on December 22, 2020. Retrieved December 16, 2020.
- ^ Turna, Kenneth (June 5, 1998). «The Truman Show». Los Angeles Times. Archived from the original on March 17, 2008. Retrieved March 21, 2008.
- ^ Turan, Kenneth (December 27, 1998). «‘Truman Show’ Was Definitely the One to Watch». Los Angeles Times. Archived from the original on March 5, 2018. Retrieved April 20, 2020.
- ^ Adam B. Vary (June 1, 2010). «The 100 Greatest Characters of the Last 20 Years: Here’s our full list!». Entertainment Weekly. Archived from the original on June 3, 2010. Retrieved July 7, 2012.
- ^ Berardinelli, James (June 5, 1998). «The Truman Show». ReelViews. Archived from the original on February 3, 2019. Retrieved March 21, 2008.
- ^ Rosenbaum, Jonathan. «The Audience Is Us». Chicago Reader. Archived from the original on November 8, 2014. Retrieved October 27, 2014.
- ^ Meek, Tom. «The Truman Show». Film Threat. Archived from the original on December 7, 2008. Retrieved March 21, 2008.
- ^ «The 71st Academy Awards (1999) Nominees and Winners». Oscars.org. Retrieved November 19, 2011.
- ^ «BAFTA Awards: Film in 1999». BAFTA. 1999. Retrieved September 16, 2016.
- ^ «Best Cinematography» (PDF). Retrieved June 3, 2021.
- ^ «Chicago Film Critics Awards — 1998–07». Chicagofilmcritics.org. Archived from the original on October 17, 2013. Retrieved August 8, 2011.
- ^ Clinton, Paul (26 January 1999). «Broadcast Film critics name ‘Saving Private Ryan’ best film». CNN. Archived from the original on 5 March 2017. Retrieved 11 September 2016.
- ^ «51st Annual DGA Awards: Winners and Nominees». Directors Guild of America. Retrieved September 16, 2016.
- ^ «1999 Empire Awards». Empireonline.co.uk. 1999. Archived from the original on August 16, 2000.
- ^ «1998 FFCC AWARD WINNERS». Florida Film Critics Circle. Retrieved August 24, 2021.
- ^ «The Truman Show – Golden Globes». HFPA. Retrieved July 5, 2021.
- ^ «The 24th Annual Los Angeles Film Critics Association Awards». Los Angeles Film Critics Association. Retrieved July 5, 2021.
- ^ «1998 Award Winners». National Board of Review. Retrieved July 5, 2021.
- ^ «3rd Annual Film Awards (1998)». Online Film & Television Association. Retrieved May 15, 2021.
- ^ «Film Hall of Fame Productions». Online Film & Television Association. Retrieved May 15, 2021.
- ^ «1998 Awards (2nd Annual)». Online Film Critics Society. January 3, 2012. Retrieved November 21, 2021.
- ^ «International Press Academy website – 1999 3rd Annual SATELLITE Awards». Archived from the original on February 1, 2008.
- ^ «Past Saturn Awards». Saturn Awards Organization. Archived from the original on December 19, 2008. Retrieved November 1, 2008.
- ^ «1998 SEFA Awards». sefca.net. Retrieved May 15, 2021.
- ^ «WGA Awards: Previous Nominees and Winners». Writers Guild of America Award. 1999. Archived from the original on March 7, 2016. Retrieved September 16, 2016.
- ^ «The 20th Annual Youth in Film Awards». Young Artist Awards. Archived from the original on November 28, 2016. Retrieved March 24, 2017.
- ^ «AFI’s 100 Years…100 Cheers Nominees» (PDF). Archived (PDF) from the original on April 2, 2019. Retrieved August 14, 2016.
- ^ Jesse, Ellison (August 2, 2008). «When Life Is Like a TV Show». Newsweek. Archived from the original on December 24, 2013. Retrieved August 20, 2008.
- ^ Fusar-Poli, P.; Howes, O.; Valmaggia, L.; McGuire, P. (2008). «‘Truman’ signs and vulnerability to psychosis». The British Journal of Psychiatry. 193 (2): 168. doi:10.1192/bjp.193.2.168. PMID 18670010.
- ^ Kershaw, Sarah (August 27, 2008). «Look Closely, Doctor: See the Camera?». The New York Times. Archived from the original on December 9, 2008. Retrieved January 8, 2009.
- ^ «NZ filmmaker adds to medical lexicon». 3 News NZ. March 20, 2013. Archived from the original on July 29, 2013. Retrieved March 20, 2013.
External links[edit]
A FOGGED MIRROR
Behind the fog we hear the sounds of a bathroom. After a long moment, a hand wipes the condensation from the glass to reveal the face of TRUMAN BURBANK. He wears a sleeveless Hanes undershirt and blue-stripe pajama bottoms, behind him a white glazed tiled bathroom wall. It is immediately apparentthat we are viewing him through a two-way mirror.
Truman, expressionless, studies his reflection in the mirror.
For a long moment, he does nothing. He continues to look impassively into the mirror for what becomes an uncomfortably long time. Still nothing. Finally he speaks, talking to himself in the mirror as if participating in a TV interview.
TRUMAN
…personally I think the unconqueredsouth face is the only one worthscaling…of course it’s a 20,000 footsheer wall of ice but then when did thatever stop me before?…Naturally, I intend to make the ascent without thebenefit of oxygen but also withoutcrampons or even an ice pick…risks?…
(smug, TV smiles)
…sure I’m aware of the risks–why elsedo you think I would spend seven years asan adjuster in a life insurancecompany…?
MERYL (O.S.)
Truman, you’re gonna be late!
Truman resignedly opens the door of the cabinet and replaceshis shaving tackle. It partially obscures the lens of thehidden camera. He closes the door and exits.
INT. KITCHEN. MORNING.
MERYL, wearing a stylish robe, sits at the kitchen table sipping coffee. On the table in front of her lies a parcel.
TRUMAN enters and glances at the gift.
TRUMAN
What’s that?
MERYL
It’s a surprise.
TRUMAN unwraps the parcel — an expensive-looking set of exercise sweats.
MERYL
(eager for his response)
Well, what do you think?
TRUMAN
They’re…
(the merest hesitation)
perfect. Thank you.
Truman returns Meryl’s kiss.
MERYL
(handing him the sweat top)
Try it on.
Truman pulls the top over his head. As he does so, a closer shot focuses on the manufacturer’s name.
MERYL
I thought you could wear them when you do your exercises.
(afterthought)
Pre-shrunk. And they breathe.
EXT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE. DAY.
Wearing a business suit, briefcase in hand, TRUMAN emerges from his pleasant, Victorian-inspired, picket-fenced house into an idyllic suburban street of similarly picturesque homes. A neighbor, SPENCER, is taking in trashcans, whistling a tune. Spencer breaks off abruptly as Truman approaches his car. His license plate reads, “Seahaven — A Nice Place To Live”.
SPENCER
Morning, Truman.
TRUMAN
Morning, Spencer. And in case I don’tsee you, good afternoon, good eveningand good night.
Spencer’s dog, PLUTO, bounds happily over to Truman.
TRUMAN
(petting the dog)
Hey, Pluto.
Truman exchanges a polite nod with the WASHINGTON’s, an African-American family across the street. MR. WASHINGTON is farewelled by his WIFE and CHILD.
Truman is about to climb into his car when he is distracted by a high-pitched whistling sound. Suddenly, a large spherical glass object falls from the sky and lands with a deafening crash on the street, several yards from his car.
The startled Truman looks to Spencer but he has abruptly disappeared inside his house with Pluto. Mrs. Washington and Washington Junior have also made themselves scarce.
Truman investigates. Amidst a sea of shattered glass are the remains of a light mechanism.
He looks around him but the street is deserted. He checks that all the surrounding street lights are accounted for, even though the fallen fixture is far larger. He looks up into the sky but there is no plane in sight. With some effort, Truman picks up what’s left of the crumpled light andloads it into the trunk. A label on the light fixture reads, “SIRIUS (9 Canis Major)”. As he drives away, we hear the sound of his car radio.
RADIO ANNOUNCER
Another glorious morning in Seahaven, folks.
INT/EXT. TRUMAN’S CAR — SEAHAVEN. DAY.
TRUMAN makes his way along the streets of Seahaven past a series of quaint, pastel-shaded cottages.
EXT. SEAHAVEN ISLAND TOWNSHIP. DAY.
A high-angle reveals an anonymous mid-sized town built around a small, pretty bay. A cluster of high-rise buildings stand at the water’s edge overlooking a marina. Surrounding the commercial center lie neatly arranged suburbs.
EXT. OCEANSIDE STREET. DAY.
Pausing at a traffic light along a seaside road, TRUMAN looks through a curious wooden arch to the beach and ocean beyond.
The sight triggers a memory in his head.
PLAYBACK — EXT. LONG, WIDE BEACH. DAY.
Unlike a conventional flashback, the scene in his memory appears to be playing on a television screen.
FOUR-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN runs towards a bluff on the beach.
The boy’s father, KIRK, late-thirties, beer bottle in hand, flirts with TWO TEENAGE GIRLS at the shoreline. Suddenly, the father remembers his son. He looks anxiously around.
The sight of the boy at the far end of the beach causes him to drop his bottle in the sand and run to Truman.
The boy is near the top of the cliff before his agitated father comes within earshot.
FATHER
(out of breath, clutching his side)
Truman! Truman! Stop!
Truman turns from his perch and waves happily down to his father. But the smile quickly vanishes when he registers the anger and distress on his father’s face.
FATHER
Come down now!
His father’s unnatural anxiety makes the next bay even more tantalizing. The boy considers defying his father. He puts his hand on the rock above him to stretch up and sneak a peek at the other side. One good stretch would do it.
FATHER
(reading Truman’s mind, enraged)
No!
TRUMAN
Why? What’s there?
FATHER
(unconvincing)
Nothing. It’s…it’s dangerous.
(trace of desperation)
Come down, now! Please!
Truman is suddenly aware that the hundreds of other BEACHGOERS have stopped their activities to stare at him.
Reluctantly, he starts to retrace his steps down the rocks. When he finally jumps to the sand, his father embraces him and leads him away.
FATHER
I told you to stay close. Don’t ever leave my sight again.
(pause)
You’ve got to know your limitations. Youcould’ve fallen.
INT. TRUMAN’S CAR — DOWNTOWN SEAHAVEN. MORNING — PRESENT.
Through his car window, TRUMAN buys a cup of coffee from a streetside VENDOR.
VENDOR
How are ya, Truman?
TRUMAN
(placing his fingers to his pulse)
Vital signs are good.
He pulls into a parking space and sips on the coffee. As he drinks, he becomes aware of a school bell summoning children to class in the adjacent Elementary School. The image prompts another childhood memory.
PLAYBACK — INT. SEAHAVEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL — CLASSROOM. DAY.
Once again, the flashback appears to be playing on a television screen.
SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN sits in the middle row of an Elementary School classroom surrounded by twenty-or-so other well-scrubbed, uniformed YOUNGSTERS. MARLON, the boy next to Truman, is on his feet under the scrutiny of a kindly Norman Rockwell-style SCHOOL MISTRESS.
MISTRESS
What do you want to do when you grow up, Marlon?
MARLON
I want to be an entrepreneur like my dad.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
(impressed)
Tell the class what an “entrepreneur” does, Marlon.
MARLON
He makes a lot of money, Ma’am.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
A good one does, Marlon.
(looking in her purse, hamming it up)
Perhaps I’ll be coming to you for a loanone of these days.
The CLASS titters. Marlon sits down and winks to Truman.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
What about you, Truman?
Truman rises to his feet, gathering his nerve.
TRUMAN
I want to be an explorer(with reverence)
…like Magellan.
The School Mistress smiles benevolently.
SCHOOL MISTRESS
(slightly condescending)
I’m afraid no one’s going to pay you todo that, Truman. You might have to findsomething a little more practical.
(glancing to a pulldown wallmap behind her head)
Besides, you’re too late. There’s really nothing left to explore.
The class roars with laughter as the crestfallen Truman takes his seat.
EXT. PARKING LOT. DAY — PRESENT.
TRUMAN, briefcase in hand, crosses from the parking lot to the town square, surrounded by similarly suited, briefcase-toting OFFICE WORKERS.
EXT. DOWNTOWN SEAHAVEN. DAY.
TRUMAN walks briskly down the bustling city street. A snarl of taxis, buses and COMMUTER traffic. A STREET VENDOR thrusts a pretzel under Truman’s nose, a CAREER WOMAN triesto catch his eye.
Truman stops at a kiosk and buys a newspaper — “THE ISLAND TIMES”.
VENDOR
Is that all for you, Truman?
TRUMAN
That’s all. Thanks, Errol.
Other CUSTOMERS also purchase the morning paper. Tucking his copy under his arm, Truman selects a glossy magazine from a rack, quickly flicking through the pages.
Glancing in the direction of the NEWSPAPER VENDOR and finding him busy with another CUSTOMER, Truman deftly tears a portion of the open page and pockets the cutting. He hastilyreplaces the magazine and departs.
As Truman hurries away, the vendor exits the kiosk and picks up the magazine, instantly turning to the torn page. It is a cosmetics advertisement with the MODEL’S NOSE missing. However, the vendor makes no effort to confront Truman, almost as if he were expecting it.
EXT. SEAHAVEN LIFE AND ACCIDENT, INC. DAY.
Truman passes along a row of shops and offices, finally entering a building that proudly proclaims, “Seahaven Life & Accident Inc.” above the entrance. He has evidently taken his teacher’s advice.
INT. INSURANCE COMPANY — SEAHAVEN LIFE AND ACCIDENT, INC. DAY.
In a cramped, cluttered cubicle, TRUMAN talks on the telephone.
TRUMAN
(into receiver)
…okay, okay, let’s call it what itis…I’m not going to lie to you…lifeinsurance is death insurance…you’vejust got to ask yourself two questions… one, in the event of your death, willanyone experience financial loss?…andtwo, do you care?
A CLERK drops a large reference book on Truman’s desk.
Truman checks the spine — “MARITIME ACCIDENTS”.
TRUMAN
(into receiver)
Hold on, will you?
(to Clerk, referring to the book)
This is no good. Lumps all maritime accidents together. I need drownings asa separate category.
The Clerk shrugs, returns the book to his cart and continues his rounds.
TRUMAN
(returning to his call)
…just think about what I’ve been sayingand let me…hello?…
The person on the other end has hung up. With an apathetic shrug, Truman replaces the receiver. He looks over his shoulder and places another call.
TRUMAN
(lowering his voice)
Can you connect me with directory inquiries in Fiji?
A CO-WORKER suddenly pokes his head over the neighboring cubicle.
CO-WORKER
What do you know, Truman?
TRUMAN
(embarrassed, mouthing the word)
–Can’t talk.
(waving off his neighbor, pretendingto be on a business call)
I’m sorry, ma’am. If he’s in a coma, he’s probably uninsurable.
The Co-Worker disappears back into his own cubicle.
TRUMAN
(lowering his voice again)
Hello, operator…yes, Fiji…Do you havea listing for a Lauren Garland?
(pause)
…nothing listed?…what about a Sylvia Garland…”S” for Sylvia…nothing?
Okay, thanks…
The disconsolate Truman replaces the receiver. Other INSURANCE AGENTS are heading to lunch. Truman puts on his jacket and follows them to the elevators.
INT. LOCAL ITALIAN DELI. LUNCHTIME.
Behind a deli counter, TYRONE, fifties, is having his hair brushed by a YOUNG MAN. The man fusses one final time, then swiftly departs through a rear door just as TRUMAN entersthe store. Tyrone has anticipated Truman’s order and has already begun preparing a meatball and mozzarella sandwich on an Italian roll. Truman gazes at the sandwich skillfully under construction, pained by his own predictability.
TYRONE
(nauseatingly cheerful)
How’s it going, Truman?
TRUMAN
(deadpan)
Not bad. I just won the State Lottery.
TYRONE
(not listening to Truman’s reply)
Good. Good.
TRUMAN
Tyrone, what if I said I didn’t want meatball today?
TYRONE
(not missing a beat, passingTruman his wrapped sandwich)
I’d ask for identification.
Truman forces a half-smile and exits.
TYRONE
See you tomorrow, Truman.
TRUMAN
You can count on it.
EXT. SECLUDED PARK. DAY.
TRUMAN eats lunch alone at a small, out-of-the-way park dominated by a gazebo. From his briefcase he pulls out an old, hardcovered book, “To The Ends Of The Earth — The Age OfExploration”. He reads to himself, his sandwich uneaten beside him. Struck by a particular passage, he reads aloud.
TRUMAN
“With a mutiny but half-repressed and starvation imminent, he pressed southwardtill he found the long-hoped-forstraits…”
Truman is interrupted by a TRANSIENT in a wheelchair. It is the man’s sneakers Truman notices first, over the top of his book — they are distinctively initialed, “T.S.”. Still underthe spell of the account of Magellan, he hands the grateful man his sandwich.
INT. A CONFERENCE ROOM SOMEWHERE. DAY.
A group of a dozen MEN and WOMEN of varying ages sit around a circular conference table in a sterile, windowless meeting room.
All stare at a single telephone placed in the center of the table, anticipating a call. On cue, the phone rings and one ofthe men, after waiting for the second ring, picks up.
MAN
Hello?…I’m sorry, I’ve got more thanenough life insurance.
He hangs up. After a moment the phone rings again.
INT. INSURANCE COMPANY. DAY.
TRUMAN sits at his desk, making a cold call.
TRUMAN
(into receiver)
…this isn’t about insurance, this isabout the great variable — when willdeath occur? Could be a week, a month, ayear. Could happen today…A sunbather, minding his own business, gets stabbed inthe heart by the tip of a runaway beachumbrella… No way you can guard againstthat kind of thing, no way at all…
The prospect on the other end, unimpressed with Truman’s pitch, hangs up. Truman’s supervisor, LAWRENCE, younger than Truman by several years, sharper suit, sharper haircut, appears around the corner of the cubicle.
LAWRENCE
(handing Truman some documentation)
Hey, Burbank, I’ve got a prospect in Welles Park I need you to close.
Truman’s face falls. He stares out of his third floor window at the hazy skyline of a nearby island across the bay.
TRUMAN
(referring to the island)
Welles Park on Harbor Island?
LAWRENCE
(sarcastic)
You know another one?
TRUMAN
I can’t do it.
(searching for a plausible excuse)
–I’ve got an appointment–er, dentist.
LAWRENCE
(insistent)
You’ll lose a lot more than your teeth ifyou don’t meet your quota, Burbank.
(the threat in his voice is unmistakable)
They’re making cutbacks at the end of themonth. You need this.
(as he exits the cubicle)
Besides, a half hour across the bay. Seaair. Do you good.
Truman sinks back into his seat and stares out at the distant skyline. The buildings appear very still. Truman picks up a photo of his wife, Meryl, deposits it in his briefcase and exits.
EXT. SEAHAVEN. DAY.
Truman’s car heads out of the city on its way to the ferry.
INT. SEAHAVEN FERRY TERMINAL. DAY.
TRUMAN exits his car. Mustering all his nerve, he marches into the Seahaven terminal and buys a token for the ferry.
Out of his hearing, TWO FERRY WORKERS observe Truman’s agitated behavior.
FERRY WORKER 1
I got a feeling this is the day.
FERRY WORKER 2
No way. I say he makes it through theturnstiles but he never gets on.
The two men shake on the wager. Unaware of the scrutiny, Truman passes through the turnstiles with a herd of TOURISTS and COMMUTERS. He makes his way across the terminal, but abruptly pulls up at the gangway.
As the other PASSENGERS impatiently brush past him onto the boat, Truman remains frozen to the spot, mesmerized by the scummy water rising and falling beneath the dock. It triggers a memory in his head.
PLAYBACK — EXT. SEAHAVEN HARBOR. DAY.
As always, the flashback appears to play on a television screen.
SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN, wearing a lifejacket, sits alongside his father, KIRK, in a small sailing dinghy, sailing into a stiff breeze.
A second sail boat circles them. We observe the father and son from an angle atop the mast of the neighboring vessel.
TRUMAN
(shouting above the wind)
Let’s go further, daddy! Let’s go further!
KIRK
(shouting back)
It’s getting rough, Truman.
TRUMAN
(entreating his father)
Please!…
Kirk shakes his head ruefully and indulges his son by heading towards the gathering storm clouds on the horizon.
INT. SEAHAVEN FERRY TERMINAL. DAY — PRESENT.
Truman turns and begins to fight his way back against the tide ofPASSENGERS boarding the ferry, emerging back onto the street, gasping for air. The FERRY WORKERS settle their wager.
EXT. ROADWAY ADJACENT TO THE FERRY TERMINAL. DAY.
TRUMAN stands at a payphone. By stretching the payphone’s receiver cord as far as it will go, he is just able to reach his arm and leg into the driver’s door of his car. He punctuates his conversation with blasts on the car’s horn while revving the car’s engine with his outstretched foot.
The few passing MOTORISTS and PEDESTRIANS regard Truman curiously.
TRUMAN
(shouting into phone)
–I tell you the traffic’s insane.
(blasting his horn severaltimes to imitate the sound ofof gridlock)
…I’ll never make the ferry in time.
What can I do?–what?…Lawrence, I can’t hear you!
Truman hangs up the phone.
INT. TRUMAN’S CAR. DAY.
On his way home, a large “DETOUR” sign forces him onto a secondary road.
INT. TRUMAN’S CAR — PARKLAND, SEAHAVEN. DAY.
TRUMAN drives along a winding road through parkland. Hepulls up at a red light — no other traffic around. His attention is caught by an attractive YOUNG WOMAN, sitting ona park bench not far from the intersection. She is being taunted by TWO YOUNG THUGS. She attempts to ignore theyouths by concentrating on the book on her lap.
YOUTH 1
(to woman)
You wanna read to me?
His companion smirks.
YOUTH 1
(more insistent)
You wanna read to me?
The boy reaches over and snatches the novel from her grasp.
YOUTH 2
(menacing)
My friend asked you a question.
The woman picks up her bag in a reflex and holds it to her.
She looks about for assistance, briefly catching Truman’s eye.
The youths also look in Truman’s direction, staring him down.
WOMAN
(reaching for the book)
Please…
The boy returns the book to the woman, but before doing so rips out the last page from the novel and stuffs it in his shirt pocket.
YOUTH 2
Now you’re gonna have to ask me how it ends.
One of the youths grabs the woman, dragging her toward the surrounding woods.
YOUTH 1
We’re gonna tell you how it ends, baby.
WOMAN
Help! Please help!
As they drag her towards the undergrowth, Truman, horrified, half gets out of the car — fearful of his own safety as much as the woman’s. Truman shouts to the youths, his voice cracking with fear.
TRUMAN
Hey! Let her go!
A huge truck suddenly appears behind Truman’s car, its horn blasting, the DRIVER hurling abuse. Truman hesitates as the youths drag the woman into the bushes, conflicted overwhether or not to help. The truck driver keeps his hand on the horn. Truman retreats back into his car and reluctantly drives on.
EXT. PARKLAND — WOODS. DAY.
Truman’s car safely out of sight, the YOUTHS promptly release the YOUNG WOMAN. She calmly brushes herself off, no longer afraid. The young men, no longer angry, retrieve her bag.
WOMAN
Thanks.
The threesome walks back towards the roadway as if life-long friends.
WOMAN
(pondering the incident)
He did nothing.
YOUTH 1
(shrugs, suddenly more couth)
Physical violence paralyzes him. Always has.
EXT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE — DUSK
Beyond the pretty picket fence at the end of the property flows a busy highway.
TRUMAN is mowing the lawn. From his expression it would seem that he’s still reflecting on his inaction in the park. He switches off the mower and leans on the handle.
He is distracted by the arrival of his wife, MERYL, exiting the house. She wears a nurse’s uniform and carries a curious metal device attached to a card board backing. She kisses Truman affectionately on the cheek.
MERYL
Hi, honey. Look at this.
(proudly referring to the device)
It’s a “Chef’s-Mate.” Dicer, slicer andpeeler in one. Never needs sharpening.
Dishwasher safe.
TRUMAN
Gee, that’s great.
Looking over Truman’s shoulder, Meryl notices a small, uncut patch of grass missed by Truman in one of his passes.
MERYL
(referring to the uncut grass)
You missed a section.
Meryl enters the house. Truman restarts the lawnmower and obediently pushes it towards the offending patch of lawn. As the mower brushes up against the unconforming blades ofgrass, Truman pulls back abruptly. He checks the kitchen window for Meryl and wheels the mower away, leaving the patch uncut.
INT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE — LIVING ROOM. NIGHT.
MERYL is removing the cap of her nurse’s uniform when TRUMAN enters.
TRUMAN
How did it go today?
MERYL
(matter-of-fact)
A man tripped and fell on a chainsaw.
(shrug)
We got three of his fingers back on.
Truman retrieves a bucket of golf balls and a golf club from behind the door.
MERYL
(disappointed at the sight ofthe golf equipment)
I was hoping we could have a special evening.
TRUMAN
I won’t be late.
MERYL
(sensing something odd in hisdemeanor)
Did something happen today?
Truman turns to her too sharply, his guilt showing.
TRUMAN
What could happen?
Truman exits.
EXT. UNFINISHED BRIDGE. NIGHT.
A half-constructed bridge, paved but unmarked, ends abruptly in mid-air — reinforcing steel protruding from the concrete.
TRUMAN stands at the end of the unfinished bridge withMARLON, thirties, a well-filled physique. Marlon drinks beer from a can while Truman addresses a teed-up golf ball with a number three wood. The headlights of their two parked cars light the cement “fairway”. Their target is a sign at thefar end of the bridge proclaiming, “THE SEAHAVEN CAUSEWAY — Linking Seahaven Island With The Rest Of The World — Your Tax Dollars At Work” — an upturned plastic cone at the foot of the sign is the “hole.”
Truman winds up and swings, making a healthy contact with the ball. The ball arches away into the night sky. From a new angle we see the ball take a huge hop on the outside lane of the abandoned freeway and continue down the asphalt beyond the sign.
Marlon tosses Truman another off-white ball from a bucket of badly scarred golf balls. Truman sets the ball up on the makeshift tee area and launches himself into his second shot. With a slight fade, the second ball carries even further than the first.
MARLON
Whose nuts were those?
Truman hands Marlon their sole golf club without comment. Marlon tees up a ball of his own He uses orange golf balls.
TRUMAN
I’m thinking of getting out, Marlon.
MARLON
(mild interest only)
Yeah? Outta what?
TRUMAN
Outta my job, outta Seahaven, off thisisland…out!
Marlon takes a practice swing.
MARLON
Outta your job? What the hell’s wrongwith your job? You gotta great job. Yougotta desk job. I’d kill for a desk job.
Marlon addresses the ball and swings — a sweeping hook shot that bounces off the freeway and into the water hazard.
MARLON
(annoyed by the errant tee shot)
Sonofabitch.
(still looking in the direction of his ball)
Try stocking vending machines for a living. My biggest decision of the dayis whether the Almond Joys look betternext to the Snickers or the Baby Ruths.
Truman selects another “M” ball from the bucket and tosses it to Marlon.
TRUMAN
(adamant)
Haven’t you ever gotten itchy feet?
Overcompensating with his second shot, Marlon slices the ball inthe other direction. A lucky bounce keeps it on the “green.”
The ball rolls in the direction of the upturned cone.
MARLON
(skeptical, picking up his beer)
Where is there to go?
Truman gulps his beer as he prepares his answer.
TRUMAN
(unable to disguise hisreverence)
Fiji.
Marlon considers Truman’s suggestion as he sips his beer.
MARLON
(impressed)
Fiji? Where the hell is Fiji exactly? Near Florida? You can’t drive there, can you?
Truman picks up a golf ball to demonstrate. He points to a dimple on his make-shift globe.
TRUMAN
See here, this is us.
(sliding his finger aroundthe other side of the ball)
All the way round here, Fiji. You can’tget any further away before you startcoming back.
(tossing the world in hishand, warming to his subject)
Y’know, there are still islands in Fijiwhere no human has ever set foot.
MARLON
(still dubious)
So when are you leaving?
TRUMAN
It’s not that simple. Takes money, planning. You can’t just up and go.
(heading off Marlon’s skepticism)
Oh, I’m going to do it, don’t worry aboutthat. I’ve just got to move slow. Pickmy moment. Bonus time’s just around thecorner. Soon as I finish the…
MARLON
Nursery?
TRUMAN
Spare room — I can start thinking aboutselling up…and I’ll be gone. Up andaway on that big steel bird.
(as if to convince himself)
I’m going, don’t you worry about that.
Marlon nods even though the concept of taking flight isbeyond his imagination.
MARLON
I never knew anybody who wanted to leaveSeahaven.
An awkward moment. Truman, once again, not so sure of himself.
INT. A DIMLY-LIT ROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
A MAN looks up sharply. He stares into camera. CHRISTOF, latefifties — a vitality in his eyes that belies his years. A newsanchor-style earpiece disappears down the neck of his suit.
EXT. BRIDGE. NIGHT.
TRUMAN and MARLON wander along the empty bridge, retrieving the golf balls.
Marlon goes to say something to the disconsolate Truman, but is momentarily distracted. He raises his hand to his ear. Truman places another of the balls in the bucket.
MARLON
Truman, you know, I did think about moving away one time.
TRUMAN
(interest piqued)
Yeah, what happened?
MARLON
I figured, what’s the point? I knew I’djust be taking my problems with me. Oncethe kids came along, it made me look atSeahaven with new eyes.
(gazing out at the lights ofSeahaven)
I realized, what the hell could be betterthan this?
(putting a hand on Truman’sshoulder)
I’m telling you. What you really need issomeone to carry on the “Burbank” name.
TRUMAN
You think so?
MARLON
Trust me.
Marlon picks up the last ball at the mouth of the upturned cone. The ball is white.
MARLON
(checking the ball)
You win.
They approach Truman’s car. Truman opens the trunk todeposit their humble golfing equipment. Inside are the remains of the fallen light fixture.
TRUMAN
(referring to the light)
You really think it could’ve dropped offan airliner?
MARLON
(unimpressed)
Sure. It’s halogen. Shame it didn’t hityou — you could’ve sued.
(quickly changing the subject)
You coming for a drink?
TRUMAN
I can’t tonight.
INT. LIGHTHOUSE. NIGHT.
From the POV of the lighthouse’s lantern room, we observe TRUMAN sitting on the beach staring out to sea.
Closer on Truman. He has a portable tape recorder slung over his shoulder and points a corded microphone at the surf. We watch Truman’s impassive face as he makes the recording ofthe lapping waves. The lamp from the lighthouse occasionally falls upon Truman.
PLAYBACK — EXT. OCEAN. DAY.
As always, the flashback appears to play on a television screen.
The sky is black with storm clouds. Gale force winds lash rain into the faces of SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN and his father, KIRK. As Kirk stands up to get his hearings, a freak gust of wind catches the sail. The boom whips across the stern and strikes Kirk flush in the head, knocking his overboard.
Truman, wearing the sole lifejacket, desperately reaches for his father. He momentarily has hold of his father’s handwhen Kirk is abruptly dragged beneath the surface.
TRUMAN
(crying out)
Daddy!!…Daddy!!…
His cries go unanswered. Seven-year-old Truman finds himself alone — the storm abruptly passed, the wind suddenly dropped, the water stilled.
The frightened Truman examines the ring he holds in his open hand — his father’s ring — wrenched from his finger in Truman’s fight to keep him afloat.
EXT. BEACH. NIGHT — PRESENT.
A close up of TRUMAN from KIRK’S RING that Truman now wears.
Then, from the lighthouse POV, we observe Truman get to his feet and walk towards the dark water. He stands at the water’s edge.
TRUMAN
(shouting at the surf)
I’m sorry, Dad! I’m sorry!
As if in reply, a tongue of lightning flashes across the distant skyline, followed by a growl of thunder.
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
TWO OLD WOMEN, seventies, sit beside each other on a sofa looking directly into camera as they talk.
OLD WOMAN 1
(playing amateur psychiatrist)
It left him with more than his obviousfear of the water.
OLD WOMAN 2
He was never the same curious littleboy again.
OLD WOMAN 1
Half the women I know named their children after him.
EXT. BEACH PARKING LOT. NIGHT.
TRUMAN is forced to leg it through a sudden rain shower tohis car.
From Truman’s point-of-view, the shower appears quite normal.
However, viewed from a distance, we see that the shower is extremely localized, encircling only him, as if a small cloud is directly above his head, tracking his progress.
As Truman crosses the parking lot, the shower crosses with him. Sensing something amiss, Truman dances back and forth across the street, intrigued by the curious phenomenon. He hums a few bars of “Singin’ In The Rain.”
The rain becomes heavier, covering a wider area. Truman runs the remaining distance to his car.
INT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE — NURSERY. NIGHT.
The drenched TRUMAN enters to find MERYL, in the unfinished nursery, comparing wallpaper samples. Meryl wears a robe, a glimpse of black negligee beneath.
MERYL
Where have you been?
TRUMAN
(wringing out his jacket)
I’ve been thinking–
MERYL
(rolling her eyes)
Oh, God.
TRUMAN
(ignoring the reception)
–I figure we could scrape togethereight thousand.
MERYL
(exasperated)
Every time you and Marlon–
TRUMAN
–We could bum around the world for ayear on that.
MERYL
And then what, Truman? We’d be back towhere we were five years ago. You’retalking like a teenager.
TRUMAN
Maybe I feel like a teenager.
MERYL
We’re mortgaged to the eyeballs, Truman. There’s the car payments. Are we justgoing to walk away from our financialobligations?
Truman, still dripping on the floor, holds Meryl by the arms. He talks excitedly to her the way we imagine he did when they were courting.
TRUMAN
It’d be an adventure.
MERYL
I thought we were going to try for ababy. Isn’t that enough of an adventure?
TRUMAN
That can wait. I want to get away. Seesome of the world. Explore.
Meryl gives a derisive laugh.
MERYL
You want to be an explorer? You don’teven have a passport, Truman. I bet youdon’t even know how to get one.
The words sting. Truman turns away. Seeing the pain she’s caused, she changes tack.
MERYL
This’ll pass. Everybody thinks like thisnow and then.
(making an attempt at seduction)
Come to bed.
TRUMAN
I think I’m going to stay up for a while.
INT. AN OFFICE BUILDING SOMEWHERE — RECEPTION. NIGHT.
In the reception area of an office building, TWO UNIFORMED GUARDS drink coffee.
GUARD 1
How can they have a child?
GUARD 2
It’s not gonna be his, you idiot.
GUARD 1
Why not?
GUARD 2
You think she’d go through with it?
GUARD 1
Sure she would.
GUARD 2
(reassessing his own opinion)
Guess I always thought they’d adopt.
EXT. TRUMAN’S STREET. DAWN.
There is something peculiar about the way the sun rises over Seahaven Island — the light appears in an arc that’s slightly too perfect and well-defined.
INT. TRUMAN’S BEDROOM. MORNING.
In front of his bedroom window, TRUMAN, wearing his new sweats, performs an exercise routine of his own invention. He counts off the exercises to himself — cheating as he does so. He counts five leg-lifts for every two he completes.
TRUMAN
–Five…
(two leg-lifts later)
Then…fifteen…two more makes twenty.
INT. A BEDROOM SOMEWHERE. MORNING.
A middle-aged MARRIED COUPLE in identical matching sweats repeat the same eccentric exercises in perfect sync, as if they were in a class led by Truman.
EXT. CAR. DAY.
TRUMAN climbs into the car and switches on the radio. He drivesdown the street.
RADIO ANNOUNCER
Another glorious morning in Seahaven, folks. Don’t forget to buckle up–
Truman mutters to himself as is his custom.
EXT. DOWNTOWN SEAHAVEN. DAY.
TRUMAN emerges from the parking lot and as usual stops at the newspaper stand. He picks up a glossy magazine and flips through the cosmetic ads, surreptitiously tearing a pair of EYES from one of the pages. He returns the magazine to the rack. As usual, the NEWSPAPER VENDOR fails to intervene.
Truman begins his daily pilgrimage to work through the rush hour pedestrian traffic.
As he enters the street leading to his office, he glimpses a HOMELESS MAN reflected in the window of a parked car.
Truman, spellbound by the man, suddenly wheels around to face him. The Homeless Man, late-fifties, more well-groomed and well-fed than the average vagrant, has a serene smile on his face.
The Homeless Man places his hand ever so gently on Truman’s cheek. Truman makes no effort to withdraw. He is transfixed by the man’s eyes. He appears to recognize him.
TRUMAN
(almost to himself, mouthingthe word)
Dad…
Suddenly an ELEGANT WOMAN SHOPPER walking a small WIENER DOG and a BUSINESS EXECUTIVE carrying a briefcase, walking in opposite directions along the sidewalk, grab the HomelessMan. One under each arm, lifting the Homeless Man off the ground, they start to whisk the bewildered derelict down the street.
TRUMAN
(calling out)
Stop! Stop!!
Truman begins to give chase. However, the shopper and the businessman are surprisingly fleet-footed. Even more surprising as Truman embarks on the pursuit is the behaviorof the PEDESTRIANS and COMMUTERS. They appear to part forthe fleeing trio, then close ranks in front of him. Is it accidental, or are the pedestrians working together, running interference?
TRUMAN
(shouting at the pedestrians)
Outta the way! Outta the way!
They are escaping.
Truman finally breaks through the pack, bowling over several of the pedestrians in the process. Just as he gets within reach of the shopper and the businessman, a bus suddenly screeches to a halt beside the abductors, doors already open.
The Woman Shopper and the Executive bundle the Homeless Man onto the bus. Truman lurches after them, but he is met by the bus doors, closing sharply in his face.
TRUMAN
(to BUS DRIVER)
Hey, stop! Stop the bus!!
Truman thumps against the doors, but the BUS DRIVER ignores his cries and the bus roars away. The other PASSENGERS in the bus, apparently oblivious to the incident, keeps staring straight ahead.
Truman continues to give chase when a taxi appears out of nowhere and cuts in front of him, blocking his path. When he recovers, the bus has disappeared. The mysterious crowd of pedestrians has also dissolved as if it never existed.
Retracing his steps, head reeling, wondering if the could have imagined the whole incident, Truman discovers that the Woman Shopper has left her WIENER DOG behind. The dog wanders aimlessly on the pavement, its leash trailing behind it.
INT. MOTHER’S HOUSE. DAY.
TRUMAN paces impatiently in the living room of his Mother’s cramped, fussy, doilyed little house full of Burbank family memorabilia — a cluster of framed photographs is dominated by one of his FATHER trimmed with a black ribbon. A toilet flushes and Truman’s MOTHER finally emerges from the next room.
She presents something of a contradiction. Although shewalks with the aid of a “walker,” she is actually a well-preserved sixty. She wears a glamorous nightgown and a full head of bleached-blonde hair.
TRUMAN
(kissing Mother on the cheek)
How are you, Mother?
MOTHER
Well, I made it through another night.
TRUMAN
How’s your hip?
MOTHER
Oh, just so.
Truman supports Mother.
MOTHER
You know surprises aren’t good for me. You should really call before you comeover, dear.
TRUMAN
I’ve got something to tell you. You’dbetter sit down.
Truman helps her into an overstuffed armchair.
MOTHER
You look very pale, Truman. Are youtaking your vitamin D’s?
TRUMAN
(exasperated)
I spend half my life out in the sun, Mother, why would I need vitamin D?
MOTHER
I feel certain my condition runs in thefamily.
(putting the back of her handdramatically over her forehead)
Can’t this wait, dear?
He kneels beside her.
TRUMAN
No, I’m afraid it can’t.
Truman takes a deep breath as he prepares to give her the news.
TRUMAN
I know this is going to sound insane, Mother, but…I saw Dad today onLancaster Circle. He’s alive.
Mother smiles condescendingly.
MOTHER
It doesn’t sound insane, Truman. I swearI see him ten times a week–in a hundredfaces. I almost hugged a perfect strangerin the salon last Thursday.
TRUMAN
It was Dad, I swear, dressed like ahomeless man. And you know what else wasreally strange? A businessman and awoman with a little dog appeared fromnowhere and forced him onto a bus.
MOTHER
About time they started cleaning up thetrash Downtown. We don’t want to end uplike the rest of the country.
TRUMAN
They never found Dad’s body — maybesomehow —
MOTHER
— Darling —
TRUMAN
(already doubting himself)
I’m telling you, if it wasn’t him, it washis twin. Did Dad have a brother?
MOTHER
You know he was an only child, like you.
(placing a comforting armaround him)
I know how bad you feel about whathappened–sailing into that storm. But I don’t blame you, Truman. I never have.
Mother kisses Truman on the cheek.
MOTHER
(referring to her platinum blonde hair)
I was thinking about going lighter. Whatdo you think?
Truman regards his Mother. Her hair is already impossibly blonde.
INT. TRUMAN’S BASEMENT. DUSK.
The basement is cluttered with junk — ships in bottles, a train track without trains, an oxygen mask, a stringless guitar, many abandoned projects. The basement is dimly lit by a single, naked bulb. TRUMAN looks over his shoulder before opening a large walk-in cupboard. On the cupboarddoor is a wall map of the Pacific Ocean — the Fiji Islandsare carefully circled. Amongst the many tools and household implements inside the cupboard is a trunk under a dusty canvas sheet. He pulls the trunk into the room, unfastens the lock and opens the lid.
Inside, mementoes from his youth. A “HOW TO SAIL” book, a stack of “GREAT EXPLORERS” magazines, and beneath it all, a garment in a drycleaning bag. Truman carefully lifts up the plastic to reveal a young woman’s cardigan sweater. He puts the cardigan to his nose and takes in its scent.
Footsteps. Truman hastily drops the cardigan in the trunkand shuts the lid. MERYL’s legs appear on the stairs.
MERYL
What’re you doing down here?
TRUMAN
(turning attention to an upturnedmower on the basement floor)
Fixing the mower.
(matter-of-fact)
I saw my father today.
MERYL
I know.
TRUMAN
(suspicious)
How do you know?
MERYL
Your mother called. You shouldn’t upsether like that.
Meryl’s response takes the wind out of Truman’s sails.
TRUMAN
What did you want?
MERYL
I made macaroni.
TRUMAN
I’m not hungry.
Meryl nods, not at all convinced.
MERYL
We really ought to toss that mower out. Get one of those new Elk Rotaries.
Truman does not reply. After an uncomfortable pause, she turns back up the stairs.
Truman waits a moment before re-opening the trunk. Heremoves the cardigan and holds it up, reminiscing.
INT. A KITCHEN SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
A MOTHER, DAUGHTER about 12, and a BABY in a highchair stare into camera.
DAUGHTER
What’s he doing?
MOTHER
They removed all physical trace of her but they couldn’t erase the memory.
DAUGHTER
The memory of who?
MOTHER
(finger to lips)
Shhh!
PLAYBACK MONTAGE — EXT. COLLEGE CAMPUS — STEPS. DAY.
Once again the images appear to be playing on a television screen.
On the steps of a typical college campus, TRUMAN, 21, in a college band uniform, participates in a football pep rally.
MARLON, 21, a member of the football team, and MERYL, 21, a cheerleader, are nearby. Truman observes an ethereal-looking young woman walk by — LAUREN.
PLAYBACK — INT. DANCEHALL. NIGHT.
At a college dance, TRUMAN dances with MERYL. LAUREN dances by with a PARTNER of her own. However, Truman only has eyes for Lauren. Suddenly, she is escorted from the dance floor.
PLAYBACK — EXT. COLLEGE CAMPUS — STREET. DAY.
TRUMAN almost trips off the curb as he waves to LAUREN, riding towards him on a bicycle. However, she rides right by with her nose in the air, not even acknowledging his presence — Truman puzzled by her change of heart.
The montage ends at a scene in a college library.
PLAYBACK — INT. COLLEGE LIBRARY. NIGHT.
In the school library, TRUMAN, 21, sits with MARLON, 21, and wife-to-be, MERYL, 21, doing a final cram for a test. The STUDENTS begin to pack up their books. Meryl gives Truman a peck on the cheek.
MERYL
Come on, Truman. Haven’t you studiedenough?
TRUMAN
I still want to look over a couple ofthings.
MARLON
(punching Truman in a chummy way on the arm, referring toTruman’s book)
Take the “C” average. That’s what I do.
Truman looks up from his books. The library is almost deserted. He spies a GIRL’s hand around the table divider.
Truman musters the nerve to poke his head over the divider. Hefinds LAUREN on the other side, buried in a book.
TRUMAN
Konichi-wa.
Lauren looks blank.
TRUMAN
(referring to the Japanese text in front of her)
You take Japanese.
LAUREN
(quickly closing the book)
Oh, yes.
TRUMAN
(glancing to the name carefullywritten on the front of the book)
Lauren, right?
LAUREN
(as if unaware of her own name)
That’s right. Lauren.
TRUMAN
(extending his hand)
I’m Truman, Truman Burbank–
LAUREN
–I’m not allowed to talk to you.
Truman is not surprised.
TRUMAN
(resigned)
It’s okay. I probably wouldn’t talk tome either.
LAUREN
(softening)
I’m sorry. It’s not up to me.
TRUMAN
(crestfallen)
You have a boyfriend? Of course you do.
Lauren looks about her, unsure.
LAUREN
No…I, er.
TRUMAN
(hopeful once again)
No? Really? Good, I mean, I thoughtpossibly a pizza. How about Friday?
LAUREN
No.
TRUMAN
Saturday?
Lauren looks around the almost-deserted library.
TRUMAN
Actually, I’m free Sunday.
LAUREN
Now.
TRUMAN
Right now? We’ve got finals tomorrow.
LAUREN
If we don’t go now, it won’t happen.
Truman hesitates.
LAUREN
(impatient, looking anxiouslyaround)
Well, what do you want to do?
TRUMAN
(closing his books, still a little uncertain)
I think I’ve studied enough.
PLAYBACK — EXT. VARIOUS LOCATIONS NEAR SEAHAVEN COLLEGE. NIGHT.
LAUREN, taking TRUMAN by the hand, runs down various streets and paths through the campus. She occasionally pauses and looks about her, often changing direction or looking up at streetlights and the towers of houses along their route, asif trying to elude an unseen pursuer.
The excited and apprehensive Truman runs with her although he is unsure exactly who, or what, they are running from.
The further they get from the campus, the higher, wider and less effective the coverage of the scene — some camera angles are even partially obscured.
PLAYBACK — EXT. HIGHWAY — WESTERN END OF TOWN. NIGHT.
TRUMAN and LAUREN eventually cross an empty highway on the edgeof town.
They run over the dunes onto a strangely deserted beach and down to the water’s edge under a hyper-real full moon.
Lauren throws off her cardigan and hitches up her skirt, wading out into the inviting water without another thought. Truman stares down, transfixed by the shimmering water.
LAUREN
(splashing)
It’s beautiful! What are you waiting for?
TRUMAN
(nervous)
I…I can’t.
Lauren suddenly stops splashing.
LAUREN
That’s right. Oh, God, I’m sorry.
She wades out of the water.
TRUMAN
(confused)
Why, Lauren? You’ve got nothing to besorry about?
Lauren, dripping wet, stands besides Truman at the shoreline. Shemeets his gaze.
LAUREN
My name’s not Lauren. It’s Sylvia.
Truman looks into her eyes and believes her. Truman wipesthe water from her face, then leans forward and gently kisses her lips. She kisses him back.
INT. A BAR SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
In a quiet bar room, a WAITRESS explains her viewpoint to the BARMAN. A PATRON on a barstool eavesdrops.
WAITRESS
Don’t you get it? She was willing to losehim, lose everything, if it meant he couldfind himself.
(registering the barman’s blank look)
Never mind. You wouldn’t understand.
PLAYBACK — EXT. BEACH. NIGHT.
As we return to Truman’s reminiscence, TRUMAN and SYLVIA (as she is now called throughout the remainder of the movie) sit on the sand at the water’s edge. With great delicacy, Truman traces the outline of her nose with his finger, at the same time inhaling her scent. Sylvia looks nervously around her.
Truman goes to say something, but Sylvia hushes him.
SYLVIA
They’re coming. Any minute.
TRUMAN
(looking around the deserted beach)
Who?
SYLVIA
They’re going to stop me talking to you.
TRUMAN
(confused)
There’s no one here.
SYLVIA
(looking over her shoulder nervously)
Just listen. You remember when you were alittle boy, you stood up in class andsaid you wanted to be an explorer likeMagellan–
TRUMAN
(incredulous)
–How do you know about that?
SYLVIA
–And your teacher said, “You’re too late, Truman. There’s nothing left to explore.”
TRUMAN
Were you there–how do you know?
SYLVIA
–It doesn’t matter. Everybody knowsabout it. They know everything you do. The point is, you got scared.
TRUMAN
I don’t understand.
SYLVIA
(looking over her shoulder, increasingly nervous)
You must listen. Everybody’s pretending, Truman.
She points to the sky and scoops up the sea at their feet.
SYLVIA
You think this is real? It’s all foryou. A show.
(frustrated, raving)
The eyes are everywhere. They’rewatching you — right now.
Suddenly a car’s headlights come bouncing over the dunes. The car roars across the beach towards the couple.
SYLVIA
(scared)
I told you, Truman!
mega ссылка
The car skids to a stop and a large MAN, 40ish, with a shock ofred hair, jumps from the car. The man yanks the frightened Sylvia to her feet, causing her cardigan to fall to the ground.
MAN
(to Sylvia, oddly sympathetic)
Lauren, sweetheart, not again. Get inthe car!
Truman jumps in.
TRUMAN
Hey, who the hell are you?!
MAN
I’m her father!
TRUMAN
We weren’t doing anything.
SYLVIA
He’s not my father! He’s just sayingthat! Does he look anything like me?!
MAN
Come on, Sweetheart.
The Man gently, but firmly, pushes Sylvia towards his car. Sylviaresists. Truman crosses to them.
TRUMAN
I’ll take care of her!
The Man takes Truman aside and whispers in his ear.
MAN
(whispered, out of Sylvia’s earshot)
Schizophrenia. She has episodes.
Doubts start crowding into Truman’s head.
SYLVIA
(calling out from the car)
Don’t listen to him, Truman. I’m telling youthe truth!
MAN
(getting into the car)
Don’t bother! We’re moving to…Fiji — theFiji Islands! This place has donesomething to her head.
INT. A DIMLY-LIT ROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT — PRESENT.
CHRISTOF stares intently into camera. Beside him is his assistant, CHLOE, an androgynous-looking young woman. Shetoo stares into camera.
CHRISTOF
At least he didn’t say “New York City.”
PLAYBACK — EXT. BEACH. NIGHT.
TRUMAN stares after the car as it roars away. He turns back toward the ocean where his attention is caught by an object lying on the sand — Sylvia’s cardigan.
INT. TRUMAN’S BASEMENT. NIGHT — PRESENT.
TRUMAN carefully places the cardigan back into the trunk.
INT. A KITCHEN SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
MOTHER, DAUGHTER and BABY stare into camera.
DAUGHTER
But why didn’t he just follow her to Fiji?
MOTHER
Because his mother got sick — very sick. He couldn’t leave her. He’s akind boy, maybe too kind.
DAUGHTER
I can’t believe he married Meryl on the rebound.
INT. BASEMENT. NIGHT.
TRUMAN turns his attention to the framed photograph of Meryl that he carries everywhere. Hidden behind her photo is a composite picture of Sylvia which Truman has constructed by pasting together individual facial features — nose, mouth, ears, chin, hair — gathered, presumably, from women’s magazines. He attempts to put the jigsaw puzzle together — although he has particular difficulty finding a pair of eyes that match.
From his pocket he takes a recent collection of eyes which, like a detective working on an identikit picture, he tries to match. They are still not quite right.
INT. AN APARTMENT SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
The eyes of a YOUNG WOMAN — blue-green eyes. She turns slightly, looking directly into camera. We pull back to reveal her face — SYLVIA.
EXT. TRUMAN’S STREET. EARLY MORNING.
Dawn breaks over Truman’s street. On cue, the sound of birds.
EXT. STREET OUTSIDE TRUMAN’S HOUSE. MORNING.
TRUMAN leaves the house, lost in thought. SPENCER is taking out the trash.
SPENCER
How’s it going, Truman?
Truman hardly acknowledges Spencer. PLUTO the dog fails to receive his usual pat. The wave from the WASHINGTON’s across the street is also not returned.
INT/EXT. CAR/STREET OUTSIDE TRUMAN’S HOUSE. DAY.
TRUMAN motors down the street, switching on the car radioas usual.
RADIO ANNOUNCER
–Don’t forget to buckle up out there inradioland. It’s another glorious… ..morrrninggg…innn… Seaaaa… haaaa…vennn…f…o…l…k…s…
The Announcer’s voice slows down — now revealing itself to be a tape that has worn out. Truman, perplexed, looks at the radio and pushes buttons in an attempt to find another station. He finds one.
FEMALE VOICE
(from radio)
…west on Stewart…he’s making a righton Holden…
Truman glances up at the street signs along his route and finds that they correspond exactly with the streets quotedon the radio. Distracted, he almost bowls over an OLD LADY
on a crosswalk.
MALE VOICE
(from radio)
…God, he almost hit Marilyn! He’s onthe move again, passing the library…
Truman, readjusts the radio as it starts to fade out. Suddenly, there is a piercing blast of feedback. He looks up and, as far as the eye can see, every PEDESTRIAN, MOTORIST and SHOPKEEPER along the street suddenly winces in pain and holds their right ear at exactly the same moment.
MALE VOICE
(from radio, in distress himself)
…Something’s wrong. Change frequencies…
Truman tries to pick up the channel once again but without success.
EXT. PARKING LOT. MORNING.
TRUMAN sits in his car, drinking his coffee, taking in the recent incident. From inside the adjacent school, he hears the familiar, excited squeals and chatter of SCHOOL CHILDREN. Truman suddenly throws aside his coffee and sprints acrossthe parking lot and into the school.
INT. SEAHAVEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. MORNING.
TRUMAN slams through the front doors into the reception area. It is deserted, no one stationed at the administration desk, the corridors empty. He runs down a vacant corridor, finally standing outside a classroom. The children’s voices canstill be heard from inside. Truman bursts through the door.
The room is empty save for a large reel-to-reel tape recorder on the teacher’s desk playing a continuous tape of children’svoices. The recorder is attached to speakers on tall stands facing the ventilation ducts. Truman stares at the machinein disbelief.
EXT. STREET — DOWNTOWN. DAY.
TRUMAN, still lost in thought, exits the school. He stops at the newsstand and picks up a magazine to resume his ritual search, but his heart is not in it. He replaces the magazine without taking a cutting — much to the surprise of the NEWS VENDOR.
Truman starts his trek to work, pausing to stare at his reflection in the mirrored building, hoping that the Homeless Man will appear once again at his side. No one joins him.
EXT. DOWNTOWN STREET. DAY.
Entering his own building with fellow OFFICE WORKERS, TRUMAN remains in the revolving door and re-emerges on the street.
EXT. CITY STREETS. DAY.
TRUMAN wanders aimlessly through a city park, observing. We sense, truly observing for the first time.
A YOUNG WOMAN walks a pair of AFGHAN HOUNDS. An OLD MAN answers the incessant questions of his GRANDCHILD. Nothing appears amiss, Truman takes a seat at a small, outdoor cafe.
He fidgets with his father’s ring on his finger that contains one large stone, still looking for a false move.
A DELIVERY MAN unloads boxes from the back of his truck and carries them into a store. Further down the street CONSTRUCTION WORKERS take their time tending to an electrical repair in an exposed manhole. A POSTAL WORKER does his rounds. An OLD WOMAN struggles with two heavy shopping bags. Everybody appears natural, places to go.
INT. A DIMLY-LIT ROOM SOMEWHERE. DAY.
CHRISTOF and CHOLE stare into camera. Christof leans forward and speaks.
CHRISTOF
…Everybody stay focussed. Remember whoyou are.
EXT. CAFE. DAY.
TRUMAN turns his attention to a group of CUBAN-LOOKING MEN at the only other occupied table at the cafe. We see extreme close-ups as Truman scans the men’s faces for any sign of phoniness. They are talking loudly, making suggestive comments to the WAITRESS. Their behavior passes the test –
all seems genuine.
Then, Truman notices TWO JOGGERS out for a morning run, making their way down the street towards him. Truman happens to glance at the sneakers of one of the joggers. He suddenly springs to his feet. Truman blocks the joggers.
TRUMAN
It’s you…isn’t it?
The Joggers attempt to sidestep Truman.
JOGGER 1
Excuse me.
TRUMAN
Remember? Two days ago I gave you mymeatball sandwich in the park. You werein a wheelchair. Same sneakers.
The jogger looks down at his distinctive sneakers bearing the initials, “T.S.”, and visibly blanches.
JOGGER 2
(coming to his companion’s aid)
Get the hell out of here.
The second jogger roughly shoves Truman aside. Truman calls out after the two men.
TRUMAN
(ironically referring to theJogger’s new-found mobility)
It’s a miracle!
Truman picks himself up, dusting dirt from his suit. He retrieves his briefcase and continues down the street with renewed purpose.
EXT. DOWNTOWN STREET. DAY.
Wandering down the bustling street, TRUMAN suddenly boltsinto a building at random.
INT. OFFICE BUILDING. DAY.
An imposing office building clad in the kind of reflective glass that shields its occupants from the world — a building Truman passes every day. A steady stream of EMPLOYEES and VISITORS enter and exit the building’s high-ceilinged lobby past an intimidating security desk manned by TWO UNIFORMED GUARDS. Beyond security are banks of elevators, ferrying executives, clerical staff and delivery personnel to and from their floors of business.
Truman abruptly enters reception and strides confidentlypast the security desk trying to look as if he belongs.
SECURITY GUARD 1
(to Truman)
Can I help?
TRUMAN
(sneaking a glance at the building directory)
I have an appointment at, er…GableEnterprises.
SECURITY GUARD 1
They went bust.
The second Security Guard is rising from his seat to block Truman’s path to the elevators, but Truman reads his mind and makes a dash for it — into one of the elevators.
A YOUNG WOMAN in the elevator looks in horror at Truman — thecause of her concern all too apparent. Looking beyond the Woman, Truman discovers that there is no back to the elevator car. The PEOPLE Truman has just witnessed entering other elevators are milling around a refreshment table, primping or sitting on folding chairs. Gradually, they all turn to gape at Truman, who in turn stares back, appalled. Truman’s view is abruptly blocked as a rear panel is hastily attached tothe elevator. A Security Guard pulls Truman from the car.
TRUMAN
What’s going on?
SECURITY GUARD 1
(glancing to the lights above the elevator, trying to appearinnocent)
Nothing.
Truman observes the upward progress of the elevator via the light display above the doorway. Before he has time to make sense of it, the guards drag him away.
SECURITY GUARD 2
You’ve got to leave.
The Guards frog-march Truman out of the facade towards an Emergency Exit.
TRUMAN
Just tell me what’s going on?
SECURITY GUARD 2
We’re re-modeling.
TRUMAN
No, you’re not!! What were those peopledoing in there?
SECURITY GUARD 1
(shrugs)
It’s none of my business.
(ushering Truman off the property)
None of yours, either.
TRUMAN
(not going quietly)
You don’t tell me what’s really going on,
I’ll report you.
TRUMAN continues to struggle as the GUARDS usher him to the street.
SECURITY GUARD 2
For what? You’re trespassing!
EXT. DOWNTOWN STREET. DAY.
TRUMAN continues to struggle as the GUARDS unceremoniously dump him on the pavement. He picks himself up, head reeling, and starts to run along the street. He suddenly enters another building at random. An office block with a bank on the ground floor.
Truman rushes to the elevators. The lights above the doors show all the elevator on upper floors. Frantic pressing ofthe elevator button gets no response. A RECEPTIONIST rises from her desk. Truman heads for the stairs, but is intercepted by a BANK OFFICIAL barring his way.
TRUMAN
I want to…
The Bank Official, the Receptionist, and a BANK TELLER back Truman towards the door.
BANK OFFICIAL
…Open an account?
TRUMAN
Yes. Er, why not?
RECEPTIONIST
Savings or checking?
BANK OFFICIAL
Let’s go up to my office.
Truman hurriedly exits the bank.
EXT. STREET. DAY.
Back on the street, TRUMAN feels the eyes of the PEDESTRIANS. Is he simply drawing attention to himself by his behavior? Truman wheels around, trying to make eye contact with passersby. They shy away. He continues to run down the street.
Finally, Truman finds himself standing in front of thewindow of an electronics store staring at his own face on aTV set. It is taking a feed from a camcorder aimed out the store window.
INT. A BATHROOM SOMEWHERE. DAY.
A MAN stares into camera from a bath of stale water — a layer of soap scum on the top.
MAN
Don’t look at me, pal.
EXT. STREET — ELECTRONICS STORE. DAY.
TRUMAN shudders at his video reflection. Further down the street, he notices Marlon’s van parked outside a supermarket.
INT. SUPERMARKET. DAY.
The door of a vending machine is open. MARLON, half inside the machine, loads a stack of Baby Ruth candy bars into one of the dispensing slots. The paranoid TRUMAN appears at his shoulder.
TRUMAN
Marlon–
MARLON
(startled)
–Truman, what are you doing here?
Truman looks nervously around him. Even the STORE OWNER’s friendly nod from behind the counter is cause for suspicionin Truman’s mind.
TRUMAN
(whisper)
I’ve got to talk to you.
MARLON
Sorry, I’m way behind.
TRUMAN
I’m onto something, Marlon — something big.
MARLON
Are you okay? You look like shit.
TRUMAN
I think I’m mixed up in something.
MARLON
Mixed up? Mixed up in what?
TRUMAN
There’s no point in trying to explain it, but a lot of strange things have beenhappening — elevators that don’t goanywhere, people talking about me onthe radio, you know what I mean?
MARLON
(bemused)
No. Truman, if this is another one ofyour fantasies…
TRUMAN
I think it’s got something to do withmy dad.
MARLON
Your Dad?!
TRUMAN
(looking around nervously)
I think he’s alive. I’ll tell you aboutit later. I’m definitely being followed.
MARLON
(looking around, instantly protective)
Who?
TRUMAN
It’s hard to tell. They look just likeregular people.
MARLON
(referring to an OLD COUPLE
entering the deli)
How about them?
TRUMAN
(seriously considering thepossibility)
Could be. Beard looks phony.
(leaning closer to Marlon)
It’s when I’m unpredictable. They can’tstand that. That’s why we’ve got to getout of here. Can you come with me?
MARLON
(closing up the vending machine)
I told you I can’t.
TRUMAN
I’ve got to show you something.
Truman fixes Marlon with a look of deadly seriousness.
MARLON
(weakening)
Christ, Truman. You’re gonna get bothour asses fired.
EXT. SEAHAVEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. DAY.
TRUMAN hurries MARLON up the school steps. The sound of children’s voices continues to drift out from inside the building. Truman and Marlon storm into the school reception area — still empty.
INT. SCHOOL CORRIDOR. DAY.
TRUMAN and MARLON stand outside the classroom, the source of the children’s voices. Truman throws his friend an “I-told-you-so” look and swings open the door with a flourish.
INT. CLASSROOM. DAY.
The once-empty classroom is now full of SCHOOL CHILDREN in an art class. A hush falls over the students and all eyes turn to TRUMAN and MARLON.
TEACHER
(gesturing to two unoccupied easels)
Would you care to join us?
EXT. CLIFFTOP — DUSK
Hand-over-hand, TRUMAN climbs the cliff he once scaled as a seven-year-old. Finally, he sits on the clifftop, staringout at the view his father had been so desperate for him not to see twenty-six years earlier. However, the deserted bay beyond is identical to its neighbor. MARLON, laboring, crests the rise and joins his friend on the clifftop.
MARLON
What’re we doing here, Truman?
TRUMAN
This is where it started.
MARLON
What exactly?
TRUMAN
Things. Things that doesn’t fit.
(another thought occurs)
Maybe I’m being set up for something. You ever feel like that, Marlon? Likeyour whole life has been building tosomething?
MARLON
(blank)
No.
TRUMAN
(ignoring the remark)
When you were hauling chickens for KaiserPoultry, what was the furthest you everwent off the island?
MARLON
I went all over but I never found a placelike this.
(nodding to the setting sun)
Look at that sunset, Truman. It’s perfect.
TRUMAN
(in a daze)
Yeah…
MARLON
(glancing heavenwards)
That’s the “Big Guy”. Quite a paintbrushhe’s got.
TRUMAN
Just between you and me, Marlon, I’mgoing away for a while.
MARLON
Really?
INT. LIVING ROOM — TRUMAN’S HOUSE. NIGHT.
Truman sits cramped on his sofa. Pulling wider, we discover the cause of his discomfort. He is sandwiched between MERYL on one side and MOTHER on the other. Mother, the family historian, a stack of photograph albums at her feet, turnsthe pages of the album on Truman’s lap.
TRUMAN
We ought to be getting you back, Mother.
MOTHER
Hold on a minute, dear.
(pointing out a photo in the album)
Here’s us at Mount Rushmore. You remember, Truman–when Dad was still withus — that was quite a drive. You sleptall the way there.
TRUMAN
(taking an interest in themonument)
It looks so small.
MOTHER
(quickly turning the page)
Things always do–when you look back.
Mother skips several pages in the album, finally stopping ata spread of wedding photos.
MERYL
Look, Truman, there’s my cousin Errolputting the bouquet down his pants — itwas the happiest day of our lives.
MOTHER
(referring to Meryl)
Didn’t she look beautiful, Truman? Shestill does.
Mother turns to a blank page in the album.
MOTHER
And there’s plenty of room for baby photos. I’d like to hold a grandchildin my arms–
(dabbing her eye with a handkerchief)
–before I go.
Meryl rises from the sofa and helps Mother to her walker.
MERYL
I’ll take you home, Angela.
(referring to the album)
Why don’t you leave those with us fora while?
TRUMAN
(kissing his emotional mother)
Good night, Mother.
MERYL
(a wink to Truman)
See you in a minute, sweetheart.
Meryl departs with Mother. Left alone in the living room, Truman slumps back down onto the sofa and switches on the television set — an old-fashioned model with rabbit-ears. He idly studies the photograph album as an over-earnest television HOST announces the upcoming program.
TV HOST
–Tonight’s golden-oldies is the enduring, much-loved classic, “Show MeThe Way To Go Home”. A hymn of praiseto small-town life where we learn thatyou don’t have to leave home todiscover what the world is all aboutand that no one is poor who hasfriends…
However, when we turn our attention away from thetelevision, we find that Truman is peering intently at a wedding photograph of Meryl and himself taking their vows ina civil ceremony in a beachside gazebo. Under the scrutinyof a magnifying glass, he discovers that Meryl has herfingers crossed.
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
The TWO LADIES sit on their sofa, a rug across theirknees, sipping a night cap of hot chocolate. They stare into camera.
OLD LADY 1
Remember at the wedding — that dog?
OLD LADY 2
Started howling when they took their vows.
OLD LADY 1
And the plastic horseshoe fell off whenthey cut the cake.
OLD LADY 2
(shaking her head ruefully)
They never had a chance.
INT. KITCHEN. MORNING.
TRUMAN, dressed casually in weekend attire, is at the stove preparing an omelette. MERYL hurries into the kitchen in her nurse’s uniform. She gulps down a cup of coffee and reaches for her nurse’s cap.
However, she still has time to adjust the position of a pack of”FiberCon Cereal” — squaring it a little more to camera.
TRUMAN
I have to talk with you.
(looking about, suspicious)
But not here. Let’s go for a walk.
MERYL
(kissing him on the cheek)
I’m sorry, I’m late.
TRUMAN
What’s the hurry?
MERYL
Surgery. The elevator disaster downtownon the news last night. Cable snapped, acar dropped ten floors. Non-unioncontractors. Monsters. We’re startingwith an amputation.
Truman’s eyes widen. Meryl adjusts her hat in the mirror.
MERYL
That building’s near yours. Imagine ifyou’d been in there for some reason. Itdoesn’t bear thinking about.
Truman, lost in thought, picks up the scalding frying pan withhis bare hand. Letting out a howl of pain, he drops the pan.
TRUMAN
Arrah!
MERYL
Oh, my God!
TRUMAN
What do I do?
MERYL
I don’t know–
TRUMAN
–you’re a nurse, aren’t you?
MERYL
Put some butter on it–or ice?
She looks up the kitchen clock.
MERYL
(hurrying out the door)
Oh, look at the time.
Truman stares after her, the pain of his hand forgotten for themoment. He watches Meryl ride her bicycle down the driveway. Truman exits the house.
EXT. SEAHAVEN STREET/HOSPITAL/PARKING LOT. DAY.
Riding a bicycle of his own, TRUMAN follows MERYL to work, staying a safe distance back. He watches her enter the hospital.
INT. HOSPITAL. DAY.
TRUMAN makes his way along various corridors. All seems asit should — DOCTORS confer with NURSING STAFF and PATIENTS, gurneys are wheeled about with their PASSENGERS looking suitably traumatized. Truman approaches a NURSING SISTER.
TRUMAN
I’m looking for my wife–Nurse Burbank. It’s important.
NURSE
(checking her clipboard)
I’m afraid that’s impossible–she’s in pre-op.
TRUMAN
Sure. Okay. Fine. Can you pass on amessage?
NURSE
I’ll try.
TRUMAN
Tell her, tell her…I had to go to Fiji. I’ll call her when I get there.
NURSE
When you get to Fiji?
TRUMAN
You got it.
NURSE
Fine. I’ll tell her.
The nurse walks off, disappearing through a set of doors. Truman hesitates before following her.
INT. VARIOUS HOSPITAL CORRIDORS. DAY.
The NURSE walks briskly — fewer people about, TRUMAN discreetly following behind. The nurse breaks into a jog. Truman hurries to keep up with her — dodging around gurneys, JANITORS mopping floors.
INT. OUTSIDE OPERATING THEATRE. DAY.
The NURSE, hastily scrubbed and gowned, enters the theatre. TRUMAN hesitates but dares not enter. He grabs a mask of his own.
Looking through the glass window in the operating theatre door, he sees the YOUNG WOMAN (seen in the hastily fixed elevator car the day before) lying on the operating table, a blood-soaked bandage covering her left leg. MERYL, wearing a surgical gown and mask, assists the SURGEON. The SISTER hovers nervously in the background.
SURGEON
Scalpel.
Meryl very slowly selects a scalpel from a tray of instruments and awkwardly hands it to the surgeon.
SURGEON
I’m now making my primary incision justabove the left knee.
The patient’s eyes blink open in horror. The ANESTHETIST steps in Truman’s view before he can get a good look. Suddenly, a SECURITY GUARD appears beside Truman and takes him by the arm.
SECURITY GUARD
(referring to the operation)
This isn’t gonna be pretty. Unlessyou’re family of the patient, I’ll haveto ask you to leave.
TRUMAN
No problem. I don’t want to cause anytrouble.
INT. TRAVEL AGENCY. DAY.
TRUMAN takes a seat at the only desk in an empty travel agency. The travel brochures and posters that adorn the walls all feature destinations that bear a striking similarity to picturesque Seahaven. Another poster spells out the dangers of travel — “TRAVELLERS BEWARE — Terrorists, Disease, Wild Animals, Street Gangs”. A female TRAVEL AGENT enters from a rear door.
AGENT
I’m sorry to keep you. How can I help?
TRUMAN
I want to book a flight to Fiji.
AGENT
Where exactly?
TRUMAN
(believing she is being deliberately obtuse)
Fiji.
AGENT
(a trace of condescension)
Where in Fiji? What island?
TRUMAN
I’m sorry, er…the biggest one.
AGENT
(entering the destination inher computer)
Viti Levu. For how many?
TRUMAN
(finding the question suspicious)
One.
AGENT
When do you want to leave, remembering, ofcourse, you do lose a day on the way there?
TRUMAN
Today.
AGENT
(reading off her computer screen)
I’m sorry. I don’t have anything for atleast a month.
TRUMAN
(suspicious)
A month.
AGENT
(patiently explaining)
It’s the busy season.
TRUMAN
(paranoia showing)
You are a travel agent, aren’t you?
(reading her nametag)
“Doris”? Your job is to help peopletravel.
AGENT
(showing amazing restraint)
I do have a fabulous rate on a cruiseship departing for Fiji tomorrow. Butyou wouldn’t want to do that.
TRUMAN
Why wouldn’t I?
AGENT
I thought you were in a hurry.
TRUMAN
(calming down)
That’s right.
AGENT
You want to book the flight?
TRUMAN
It doesn’t matter. I’ll make other arrangements.
EXT. CITY STREET. DAY.
Emerging onto the street, TRUMAN looks across to the building which he entered the previous day. It is now cordoned off with police tape after the elevator disaster. Flowers have been laid at the doorway.
EXT. GREYHOUND BUS STATION. DAY.
A Greyhound Bus, bound for “CHICAGO” according to its destination sign, sits idling at the stop. Just as a burly SUPERVISOR is about to wave the bus on its way, TRUMAN dashes into the station.
BUS DRIVER
Last call for Chicago.
Truman jumps onto the bus behind the last boarding passenger — a YOUNG SOLDIER.
TRUMAN
(to the Bus Driver, as he boards the bus)
Windy City, here we come.
INT. GREYHOUND BUS. DAY.
TRUMAN takes a seat by a window. An awkward silence descends over the bus. The other passengers — a MOTHER with a restless CHILD, several TOURISTS, an OLD COUPLE and the YOUNG SOLDIER — all stare stiffly straight ahead, averting their eyes from Truman.
No one is more uncomfortable than the BUS DRIVER. Beads of perspiration on his head, he fumbles for the gear shift, apparently unsure how to operate it. The gears grind.
The OTHER PASSENGERS try not to notice. The CHILD, tugging her MOTHER’s sleeve, points to Truman. Her mother makes her face the front of the bus. Finally the SUPERVISOR enters the bus.
SUPERVISOR
Everybody off. We’ve got a problem.
The relieved passengers hurriedly exit until Truman is the only one remaining on the bus. The Bus Driver looks almost sorry for Truman who sits resolutely in his seat — the hint of a tear of frustration in his eyes.
BUS DRIVER
(softly)
I’m sorry, son.
INT. A BAR SOMEWHERE. DAY.
The bar seen earlier. A small group of PATRONS discuss developments. The WAITRESS seems upset, occasionally glancing to camera as she pours a beer.
PATRON 1
Why would he want to go to Chicago? Whodoes he know from there?
PATRON 2
His doctor came from Chicago, didn’t he?
PATRON 1
Wasn’t his father from Chicago?
WAITRESS
(upset)
He’s not going to Chicago. He’s not going anywhere. He has to have it out with Meryl.
EXT. STREET — TRUMAN’S BICYCLE. DAY.
As TRUMAN rides home on his bicycle, he stares wildly about him — the rearview mirror on his bicycle is suddenly cause forconcern, so are the trees and streetlamps lining the roadway.
EXT. TRUMAN’S BACKYARD. DAY.
TRUMAN, staring at the highway from the bottom of the garden, doesn’t bother to look up as MERYL, still wearing her nurse’s uniform, approaches.
TRUMAN
(referring to a distant car onthe expressway)
See that car way down there? I bet it’sa Suburu station wagon.
Meryl looks idly over the fence at the approaching car.
Finally, a Suburu station wagon motors by. Meryl is unimpressed. Truman turns his back on the highway to continue his game.
TRUMAN
I predict the next four cars will be awhite Honda Civic, a blue and white DodgeDart with the front hubcap missing, aVolkswagen Beetle with a dented fenderand a motorcycle.
Meryl doesn’t wish to participate in the game and makes for the house. Truman holds her arm, forcing her to watch. He turns to check his prediction. A convoy of cars approaches.
TRUMAN
There’s the Honda…the Dodge…herecomes that dented Beetle…
Meryl’s attention wavers. Truman tightens his grip.
TRUMAN
Look!
Following the VW is a school bus.
MERYL
(mocking)
Where’s the motorcycle?
Truman is momentarily disappointed.
TRUMAN
Don’t you want to know how I did that?
A motorcycle putters by. Meryl turns and walks back to the house. He hurries after her.
MERYL
I invited Marlon and Rita for a barbequeSunday. I thought I’d make my potatosalad. Remind me–
TRUMAN
I won’t be here Sunday.
MERYL
–we need more charcoal.
TRUMAN
Are you listening to a word I’m saying?
MERYL
You’re upset because you want to go toFiji. Is that it?
Truman is puzzled by her conciliatory tone.
MERYL
Okay, do it. Get it out of your system. Save for a few months and go. There. Happy now? I’m going to take a shower.
She turns away.
TRUMAN
(catching her wrist)
Let’s go now.
MERYL
What?!
Despite her protests, Truman drags Meryl towards his car.
TRUMAN
(as he shoves her into the car)
I’m ready to go now. Why wait?
INT. TRUMAN’S CAR. DAY.
TRUMAN holds MERYL’s wrist to stop her exiting the car and accelerates out of the driveway in reverse without looking — almost running over PLUTO the dog and SPENCER with his garbage can.
Truman starts circling a gazebo at the center of aroundabout, faster and faster.
TRUMAN
Where shall we go? Where shall we go? Spontaneity is what it’s all about. Forget Fiji. We can’t very well drive toFiji, can we? What about Atlantic City?
MERYL
(trying to mask her anxiety)
You hate gambling.
TRUMAN
That’s right. I do, don’t I?
MERYL
So why do you want to go?
TRUMAN
Because I never have. That’s why you goplaces, isn’t it?
MERYL
Truman, I think I’m going to throw up.
Truman roars off down the street.
TRUMAN
Me too.
Almost immediately, Truman encounters a traffic snarl.
TRUMAN
(a manic edge to his voice)
So much traffic, this time of day. Does that strike you as peculiar?
Without warning, Truman suddenly dives down a sidestreet. Buthis move is anticipated. At the end of the street, a pack ofcars suddenly appears. Other vehicles fill the gap behind.
TRUMAN
(to Meryl, marveling)
Blocked at every turn. Beautifully synchronized, don’t you agree?
MERYL
(incredulous)
You blaming me for the traffic?
TRUMAN
Should I?
Truman reverses suddenly and makes a U-turn.
TRUMAN
You’re right. We could be stuck herefor hours. Could be like this allthe way to Atlantic City. Let’s goback. I’m sorry. I don’t know whatgot into me.
Truman starts heading back the way they came, the roadway now relatively free of traffic.
MERYL
Would you please slow down, Truman?
Truman floors the car. The car flies past their house.
MERYL
Truman, that was our house!
TRUMAN
I’ve changed my mind again. What’s NewOrleans like this time of year? MardiGras. Or let’s just see where the roadtakes us.
MERYL
(pleading)
Let me out, Truman. You’re not right inthe head. You want to destroy yourself,
you do it on your own!
TRUMAN
(eerily calm)
I think I’d like a little company.
As he speeds erratically, Truman glances at the streets on either side of the main road where he discovers a distinct lack of moving traffic.
TRUMAN
(to the anxious Meryl at his side)
Look, Meryl. No cars! I don’t run intotraffic. The traffic follows me around.
(excited by his discovery)
We’re in a moving pack, don’t you see?
INT/EXT. TRUMAN’S CAR — BRIDGE. DAY.
But TRUMAN’s clear path is short-lived. He is forced to slowonce again behind a line of other cars at a bridge.
TRUMAN
(to Meryl)
It’s hard to go places, isn’t it?
MERYL
(looking up ahead at anoverturned car)
There’s been an accident, Truman.
TRUMAN
Uhuh. There’s no accident. It’s justmore stalling.
Truman floors the car again and swerves into the oncoming lane. He roars along the bridge on the wrong side of the road. Near the end of the bridge, a distraught MOTORIST dashes into the middle of the road, waving his arms. Truman slams on the brakes.
MOTORIST
(pointing to a small BOY lyingvery still on the groundbeside a wrecked car)
–is there a doctor, a nurse?
MERYL
Truman, it’s a child. I’ve got to help –
TRUMAN
(hardly glancing to the boy)
He’ll be fine.
Truman roars on, almost bowling over the concerned motorist.
MERYL
Truman, I took the “hypocrite” oath!
TRUMAN
I bet you did.
Truman roars past a sign that reads, “YOU ARE NOW LEAVING SEAHAVEN — Are you sure that’s a good idea?”
Back at the accident scene, the little boy, apparently uninjured, sits up.
INT/EXT. CAR. DAY.
They roar pass an illuminated sign — “FOREST FIRE WARNING — Extreme Danger”.
MERYL
Truman, what about that sign?
TRUMAN
I’m sure they’re just exaggerating.
Suddenly, a 20-foot high wall of flame shoots across the roadway in front of them — as if someone flicked on a gas switch.
MERYL
What about that — do you believe that?!
TRUMAN experiences his first moment of doubt. He looks to the terrified MERYL, then closes his eyes tightly and accelerates through the fire wall. He is startled to find that they have emerged on the other side, singed but unscathed.
However, the open road in front of them now disturbs Truman for a different reason — its sheer lack of anything unusual. Signs along the road advertise motels and give directions to other destinations — “I-6211 — 2 miles”, “Notel Motel — Pool, Color TV”.
Meryl also now appears to be resigned to the journey.
MERYL
So what do we do for money when we get toNew Orleans?
TRUMAN
(not so confident now)
I’ve got my Seahaven Bankcard.
MERYL
So we just eat into our savings, is thatthe idea? I’d better call your motherwhen we get there. She’ll be worriedsick — I don’t know how she’s going totake this.
Truman appears very unsure of himself.
EXT. ROADWAY. DAY.
However, there is still a barrier between TRUMAN and Bourbon Street. The highway, leading to a cloverleaf freeway junction in the distance, is completely blocked off by Seahaven police cars. No way past. Nuclear silos in the distance spew out an ominous puff of smoke. A sign reads, “SEAHAVEN ISLAND NUCLEAR POWER STATION — Clean, Safe, Economical — More Power To You!”
Truman is forced to slow at the police barricade.
TRUMAN
Now what?
OFFICER
(grim-faced, indicating the nearby power plant)
Leak at the plant. They had to shut her down.
TRUMAN
Is there any way around?
OFFICER
The whole area’s being evacuated.
TRUMAN
Well, thank you for your help.
OFFICER
You’re welcome, Truman.
Truman’s eyes widen at the mention of his name from an apparent stranger. As the officer turns, Truman bolts from the car, leaving MERYL in the passenger seat.
MERYL
Truman!! Come back!!
Truman flees into the forest.
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE. DAY.
The TWO OLD LADIES we have observed before are almost overcomewith tension. One lady reaches out for her companion’s hand.
EXT. FOREST NEAR SEAHAVEN NUCLEAR POWER PLANT. DAY.
TRUMAN bursts past the alien-looking HAZARDOUS WATER WORKERS in their protective suits carrying detection instruments.
The workers give chase in their cumbersome suits, trying to cut off his path.
Nearing the edge of the forest, Truman hears the sound of hammers and saws. But before he has time to see the source of the sound, he is tackled to the ground.
As SEAHAVEN POLICE OFFICERS drag him away, one of the WASTE WORKERS walks the remaining few yards, pushing aside a wall of tropical foliage. We now see what Truman was prevented from seeing.
A Polynesian island is under construction by dozens of RIGGERS, PAINTERS and SET DECORATORS. Large cranes are lifting palm trees into place, a fake volcano is being testedin the distance and rehearsals for a firewalking ceremony areunderway complete with hot coals, DRUMMERS and FIREWALKERS innative dress.
The wings and fuselage of an airliner are being constructed on a hydraulic gimbal. Leading into one side of the airliner is a covered walkway, emblazoned with a sign, “Seahaven Island — Departures”. Emerging from the opposite side of the airliner is an old-fashioned airline stairway with the sign, “Welcome to Fiji”
At the foot of the steps, TWO WOMEN in Fijian dress are being shown the correct way to present a floral lei.
FIJI WOMAN
Did he see us?
WASTE WORKER
(into microphone)
Negative.
INT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE — KITCHEN. NIGHT.
MERYL shows TWO SEAHAVEN POLICEMEN out the back door.
MERYL
Thank you.
POLICEMAN 1
You’re lucky he’s not glowing, Ma’am. Next time we’ll have to file charges.
Meryl joins TRUMAN at the kitchen table. Truman applauds ironically.
MERYL
Let me get you some help, Truman. You’renot well.
TRUMAN
(ignoring her medical advice)
Why do you want to have a child with me?
You can’t stand me.
MERYL
That’s not true.
Meryl picks up a package and holds it to camera.
MERYL
Why don’t I make you some of this newMococoa Drink? All natural. Cocoa beansfrom the upper slopes of Mount Nicaragua. No artificial sweeteners–
TRUMAN
(incredulous)
–What the hell are you talking about?!
MERYL
I’ve tasted other cocoas. This is the best.
Truman rises from the table and backs her around the room.
TRUMAN
What the hell has that got to do with anything? Tell me what’s happening?!
MERYL
(frightened but remainingpoised)
You’re having a nervous breakdown, that’swhat’s happening.
TRUMAN
(backing her up against thekitchen bench)
You’re part of this, aren’t you?!
Meryl grabs the “Chef’s-Mate” from the counter to protect herself. She points the potato peeler at him.
MERYL
Truman, you’re scaring me!
Truman looks into her eyes and, with surprising swiftness, grabs her wrist and disarms her.
TRUMAN
No, you’re scaring me, Meryl!
Truman grabs Meryl and turns the Chef’s Mate on her. He stares wildly about him.
TRUMAN
Stop this now. I’ll do it. I swear.
MERYL
Do something…
Upon hearing her remark, Truman’s eyes widen. Sensing that she too is addressing a third person, he jerks her head around to read her face.
TRUMAN
(wild-eyed)
Who were you talking to?!
MERYL
(incredulous)
You’re the one talking to the walls!
TRUMAN
No. You said, “Do something.” Who wereyou talking to? Tell me!
MERYL
Truman, stop it!
Suddenly, the front door chimes.
TRUMAN
Right on time. Cops must be telephatic.
Truman grabs his peeler and marches Meryl down the hallway to the front door. The doorbell chimes a second and third time, more insistently.
TRUMAN
(shouting through the closed door)
Stay where you are!
MARLON (O.C.)
Truman? It’s me, Marlon. I need to talkto you.
Truman flinches. He was so convinced it would be the police. He takes a step back against the hallway wall. Before he can decide what to do, MARLON has opened the unlocked front door to be confronted with the sight of Truman holding the peelerto Meryl’s throat.
Marlon locks eyes with Truman. Sizing up the situation, he slowly but decisively removes the peeler from Truman’s hand. Meryl wrenches herself free from Truman’s now limp grasp and collapses into Marlon’s arm, sobbing.
MERYL
(distraught)
How can anyone expect me to carry onunder these conditions? This is…unprofessional.
EXT. UNFINISHED BRIDGE. NIGHT.
MARLON and TRUMAN, both nursing bottles of beer, sit on the end of the unfinished bridge.
TRUMAN
I don’t know what to think, Marlon. Maybe I’m going out of my mind, but I get the feeling that the world revolvesaround me somehow.
MARLON
It’s a lot of world for one man. You surethat’s not wishful thinking, you wishingyou’d made something more of yourself? Christ, Truman, who hasn’t sat on the Johnand had an imaginary interview on”Seahaven Tonight”? Who hasn’t wanted tobe somebody?
TRUMAN
This is different. Everybody seems to bein on it.
Marlon looks around as if drawing inspiration from somewhere in the night.
MARLON
Tru, we’ve known each other since beforewe were in long pants. The only way weever made it through high school wascheating off each other’s test papers. Jesus, they were identical. I alwaysliked that, because whatever the answerwas–
Truman chimes in, nodding fondly at the memory.
TRUMAN & MARLON
–we were right together and we werewrong together.
MARLON
The only night either of us ever spentin jail, we spent together and I wetmyself but you never told anyone. I wasbest man at your wedding and my brotherwas best man at my wedding and you didn’ttalk to me for a month over that and I didn’t blame you because you’ve been moreof a brother to me than he’s ever been.
Truman is slowly coming around — Marlon’s speech from the heart soothing away his pain.
MARLON
I know things haven’t worked out foreither of us like we used to sit up onMonroe Avenue all night and dream theywould. We all let opportunities pass usby. None of us asks for the dance asoften as we should. I know that feeling when it’s like everything’s slipping awayand you don’t want to believe it so youlook for answers someplace else. But, well, the point is, I would gladly stepin front of traffic for you.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF stares intently into camera, holding his distinctive earpiece to his head. Beside him, his ever-present assistant, CHLOE.
CHRISTOF
(hushed tones)
And the last thing I’d ever do is lieto you.
EXT. FREEWAY. NIGHT.
MARLON
(staring into Truman’s eyes)
And the last thing I’d ever do is lie to you.
(pause)
Think about it, Truman, if everybody’sin on it, I’d have to be in on it too. I’m not in on it, because there is no it.
TRUMAN
So what are you saying, Marlon, the whole thing has been in my head–?
MARLON
(meeting his gaze)
Not the whole thing, Truman. You wereright about one thing.
TRUMAN
What’s that?
MARLON
The thing that started all of this.
TRUMAN looks up in the direction of MARLON’s gaze. A FIGURE stands at the end of the freeway — a homeless man. It is hisfather, KIRK.
MARLON
Yes, he survived somehow. He’s got quite astory to tell.
Marlon helps Truman to his feet — Truman still transfixed by the figure.
MARLON
Go to him.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF continues to direct the action from what is now revealed to be the control room of a television studio.
CHRISTOF
Go wide, LightCam Eight…
In a wide shot, from one of the streetlights lining the empty freeway, we see TRUMAN walking towards his long-lost FATHER.
CHRISTOF
…CarCam Twelve…and…cue music…Beethoven, Third Symphony, SecondMovement.
Music swells. Kirk and Truman embrace in the middle of the freeway. Truman takes his father’s ring from his ownfinger.
CHRISTOF
…RingCam…
We see a close up of Kirk from the ring’s POV. Truman places the ring in the palm of his father’s hand.
CHRISTOF
…ButtonCam Three…
We see a close up of Truman from a camera on Kirk’s coat.
TRUMAN
I never stopped believing.
KIRK
(gazing at the ring, then upto Truman’s face)
Thank you…my son.
CHRISTOF
And wide…
SIMEON looks to his director.
SIMEON
Close up?
CHRISTOF
(staring intently at hismonitor)
No, hold back…
The CREW watches Kirk and Truman embrace.
KIRK
All those years, wasted.
TRUMAN
We have a lot of years ahead.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF allows himself a smile of satisfaction.
CHRISTOF
And fade up music…now go in close…
As a tight two-shot of father and son fills the screen, the orchestra swells with triumphant music.
EXT. FREEWAY. NIGHT.
FATHER and SON remain in the embrace. Over Truman’s shoulder, we see a flash of guilt flicker across MARLON’s face.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF, emotionally drained by the events, slumps in his chair. CHOLE rests a supportive hand on his shoulder. The headof the network, MOSES, a man in his seventies, enters with hisyoung assistant, ROMAN — their faces full of admiration.
MOSES
Well done. Well done, everyone.
INT. A BEDROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
A YOUNG WOMAN reclines on a bed, her back against the wall. Propped up on her knees is a book. However, she’s not reading but staring straight into camera — a look of profoundsadness on her face. It is SYLVIA.
From her point-of-view, we see a portable television set on a table at the foot of the bed.
On the television is a live picture of TRUMAN — the first time we have seen him on a television screen. He is sitting at his kitchen table, unaware of the cameras recording him.
The shot is static. He just sits there in silence, a steaming cup of cocoa in front of him and a plate of untouched cookies.
At one point, a sponsor’s border, appears on the screen, tastefully framing the “action”, with the message, “MOCOCOA — Cocoa beans from the upper slopes of Mount Nicaragua”. Afterseveral seconds the border disappears.
Suddenly, the live picture of Truman shrinks into a window on the screen to accommodate a title sequence that begins to play around the edge of the image. “The Truman Show” theme music begins.
The camera cranes up and over the Hollywood sign, the flatlands of Burbank stretching into the distance.
ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
From the network that never sleeps — broadcasting live and unedited 24 hours aday, 7 days a week, around the globe…
During this continuous aerial shot, overlapping scenes from Truman’s life appear in chronological order, from infancy to adolescence and finally adulthood. Photographs of leading CAST MEMBERS also appear in individual frames.
ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
…with Hannah Gill as Meryl Burbank, Louis Coltrane as Marlon, Alanis Montclairas Mother, re-introducing Walter Moore asher husband, Kirk…
The music swells as the camera approaches a mammoth structure atthe base of the mountains — a dome so vast it dwarfs everythingaround it. At the top of the dome is a huge painting of Truman’sface encircled by satellite dishes — inside each dish is a singleletter spelling out, T-H-E T-R-U-M-A-N S-H-O-W — a bannerproclaims, “30th Great Year”
ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
…and Truman Burbank as Himself, tapedin the world’s largest studio, one ofonly two man-made structures visible fromspace, comes the longest runningdocumentary soap opera in history, now inits 30th great year — “The Truman Show”!
The camera rushes towards the outside wall of the gigantic domebathed in sunlight. When we emerge on the other side, it isnight. The camera cranes up from a calm, moonlit ocean to thenightsky above. As we near the crescent-shaped moon, wediscover that it is actually a window overlooking Seahaven. Standing in the “crater” window is the suited CHRISTOF.
INT. LUNAR STUDIO. NIGHT.
Pulling back from the window we reveal an INTERVIEWER, mid-forties, conservative suit and hair. A large television shows a live picture of Truman. Immersed in his book.
INTERVIEWER
I’m your host, Mike Michaelson, coming toyou live from the Lunar Room on the 121ststory of the OmniCam Ecosphere, 2800 feetabove Seahaven Island. Tonight, aspecial edition of “Tru Talk”, the forumwhere we discuss and analyze recentevents on the show. We are honored tobring you a rare and exclusive interviewwith the show’s conceiver, creator, tele- visionary, the Man-In-The-Moon himself– Christof.
(referring to the image ofTruman between them)
I remind viewers that as “The Truman Show” isa living history, it is our practice to keepthe image of Truman on screen at all times.
A TITLE APPEARS: Due to the Live and Unedited nature of the program, viewer discretion is advised.
The Interviewer turns to Christof.
INTERVIEWER
Welcome.
CHRISTOF
Thank you.
INTERVIEWER
The catalyst for the recent dramatic events was of course Truman’s father, Kirk, and his infiltration onto the show. Before we discuss that, it’s worthreminding viewers that this isn’t thefirst time someone from the outside worldhas tried to reach Truman.
CHRISTOF
We have had our close calls in the past.
Behind the two men, the constantly playing image of Truman engrossed in his book is relegated to a window of the screen.
PLAYBACK — INT. TRUMAN’S HOME. CHRISTMAS MORNING.
TRUMAN, 7, is opening presents under the tree — KIRK and MOTHER proudly looking on.
INTERVIEWER
Who can forget the infamous “ChristmasPresent” incident in the seventh season?
Suddenly, a small MAN bursts from a large, Christmas parcel. Kirk and the man grapple on the floor in front of the stunned seven-year-old. Kirk drags him away.
PLAYBACK — EXT. CITY STREET. DAY.
As the adult TRUMAN makes his way to work, a PARACHUTIST dropsfrom the sky into the main street, only yards behind him.
INTERVIEWER
And only last summer “Billie Blackbird” made his third attempt, leaping from alighting gantry.
The parachutist is dressed entirely in black with a message emblazoned on his chest, “TRUMAN, YOU’RE ON TV.” COMMUTERS grab the man and drag him away — Truman blissfully unaware ofthe incident.
CHRISTOF
(dismissive)
These people have their own agendas. Many just want to be on television themselves.
PLAYBACK — EXT. CITY STREET. DAY.
The encounter between TRUMAN and the homeless KIRK is replayed up to the point where Kirk is bundled onto the bus.
INTERVIEWER
Of course, there hasn’t been anything to compare with this — the first time anintruder has been a former cast member–
CHRISTOF
–a dead one at that.
INTERVIEWER
–and certainly the first time that anintruder has been rewarded with astarring role.
(gushing)
I really must congratulate you on writingKirk back in. A master stroke.
CHRISTOF
(feigning modesty)
Since Kirk started this whole crisis inTruman’s life, I came to the conclusionthat he was the only one who could end it.
INTERVIEWER
I understand he’s hardly had a life ofhis own since he left the show. How didyou convince him–was it the opportunityto be close to Truman again?
CHRISTOF
That and a fat, new contract.
INTERVIEWER
How do you intend to explain his twenty-two year absence?
CHRISTOF
Amnesia.
INTERVIEWER
(impressed, nodding inagreement)
Of course.
The Interviewer consults his note.
INTERVIEWER
Let’s talk ratings. “Truman” has alwaysenjoyed top ten status but the huge surgeover the last few days–how do you hopeto sustain that audience now that Truman appears to have reconciled himself?
CHRISTOF
As you know ratings have never been ourprimary goal. I imagine we’ll lose thosevoyeurs only interested in witnessingTruman’s latest torment. However, I’mcertain that our core audience willremain loyal.
INTERVIEWER
But recent events have been so dramatic, it does raise the perennial question. What keeps us watching this one mantwenty-four hours a day — eating, sleeping, working, sitting for hours in contemplation?
CHRISTOF
It has to be the reality.
During this segment, we cut to a cross-section of VIEWERS — the WAITRESS and BARMAN in the bar, the TWO OLD WOMEN on their sofa, the TWO SECURITY GUARDS, and the MAN in the bath — listening to Christof’s theories on their viewing habits.
CHRISTOF
We’ve become tired of watching actors giveus phony emotions, bored with pyrotechnicsand special effects. While the world he inhabits is counterfeit, there’s nothingfake about Truman himself. No scripts, nocue cards. It’s not always Shakespearebut it’s genuine. That’s how he cansupport an entire channel.
INTERVIEWER
A window onto the human condition?
CHRISTOF
I prefer to think of it as a mirror.
At that moment, Truman — still live on the screen — unwittingly punctuates the pretentious remark with a belch. Christof and the Interviewer try not to notice.
CHRISTOF
Not only does he give us a glimpse of thetruth, he gives us a glimpse of ourselves.
INTERVIEWER
But how do you account for the popularity ofthose eight hours a day when Truman sleeps?
CHRISTOF
We find many viewers leave him on allnight for comfort. Haven’t you everwatched your child or your lover sleep?
INTERVIEWER
Let’s go to some of those viewers’ calls.
The Interviewer presses a blinking, illuminated button on his desk’s high-tech phone terminal. During this segment, various windows open on the screen advertising products from the “Truman” catalogue.
INTERVIEWER
Charlotte, North Carolina, for Christof.
MALE CALLER 1 (O.S.)
Hello?
INTERVIEWER
You’re on, Caller. Go ahead.
MALE CALLER 1
Christof, it’s a great honor to speakwith you.
CHRISTOF
Thank you.
MALE CALLER 1
How much of a strain has the last fewdays placed on the actors?
CHRISTOF
Working on “Truman” has always been ahuge commitment for an actor, not just interms of separation from friends andfamily, but since Truman essentiallydrives the plot, it is a never-endingimprovisation — witness Marlon’sextraordinary performance in the recent”Father And Son Reunion” episode.
INTERVIEWER
(cutting off the call)
Are we talking Emmies?
CHRISTOF
Certainly a nomination.
INTERVIEWER
Of course, Truman has always been verymuch in on casting.
CHRISTOF
As with our own lives, the only people hecan’t cast are his family. Otherwise hehas final approval, able to elevate anextra into a lead role as was the casewith his only real friend, Marlon, or alternatively relegate a star to a bitplayer.
INTERVIEWER
(presenting another line)
Istanbul, Turkey, you’re on with mastervideographer, Christof.
FEMALE CALLER 1 (O.S.)
Christof, I’ve admired your work my wholelife, although I can’t say I’ve seen it all.
CHRISTOF
Who can?
FEMALE CALLER 1
Can you settle an argument for me? What’s the longest time Truman has beenoff-camera?
CHRISTOF
(trace of pride)
In his entire life, forty-two minutes. A technical fault in the twelfth seasonaccounts for most of that time. Theremainder generally results fromblindspots, in the early days, whenTruman would stray out of range of ourcameras.
INTERVIEWER
We should remind viewers that Truman, especially as a child, presented a challenge for the production.
CHRISTOF
(turning to the screen)
Let me demonstrate some examples.
Footage of TRUMAN as a baby appears on the screen — as a newborn INFANT, held in a pair of anonymous latex-gloved hands, and as a TODDLER, dressed in various baby outfits — on one occasion looking through the bars of his crib.
CHRISTOF
He was curious from birth — premature bytwo weeks, as if he couldn’t wait to getstarted.
INTERVIEWER
Of course, his eagerness to leave hismother’s womb also meant he was the oneselected.
CHRISTOF
(enthusing)
In competition with five other unwantedpregnancies — the casting of a showdetermined by an air date — he was theone who arrived on cue.
INTERVIEWER
Who knew that a show originally meant tolast one year — “Bringing Up Baby” — would turn into a “cradle to grave” concept. He is in fact the first childin the world to be legally adopted by a corporation.
CHRISTOF
That’s correct.
INTERVIEWER
And the show now generates a yearly income equivalent to the gross nationalproduct of a small country.
CHRISTOF
People forget it takes the population ofan entire country to keep the show running.
INTERVIEWER
No, of course not.
(quickly changing the subject)
And since the show runs 24 hours a daywith no commercial breaks the staggeringprofits are all generated from productplacement.
CHRISTOF
Yes, everything you see on the show isfor sale — from the actors’ wardrobe, food products, to the very homes theylive in–
INTERVIEWER
All products carefully chosen and tested by you for quality and aesthetic value.
CHRISTOF
There’s nothing on the show I don’t use myself.
INTERVIEWER
And it’s all available in the “Truman” Show” catalogue. Operators arestanding by.
Christof nods.
INTERVIEWER
Why do you feel that Truman’s never come close to discovering the true nature of his world?
CHRISTOF
We accept the reality of the world withwhich we’re presented. As the showexpanded, naturally we were forced tomanufacture ways to keep Truman inSeahaven — demonstrating that everyventure is accompanied by a risk.
The SEVEN-YEAR-OLD TRUMAN we have seen in other flashbacks appears on the screen. Wearing a cowboy outfit, he goes to cross the walkway of a bridge when he is suddenly confronted by a savage DOG wearing a spiked collar.
CHRISTOF
Later, Kirk’s drowning made much of this kind of intervention unnecessary.
We freeze on seven-year-old Truman’s terrified face.
INTERVIEWER
You’ve never actually met Truman, yourself. Never thought about doing acameo–playing a veterinarian, or apriest, something like that?
CHRISTOF
I’ve been tempted. But I think it’s important to retain objectivity. I wouldn’t want to get emotionally caught up.
INTERVIEWER
The Hague for Christof…TheHague?…lost them.
(pressing another line)
Hollywood, California, you’re on “Tru Talk.”
FEMALE CALLER 2 (O.S.)
How can you say he lives a life likeany other?
CHRISTOF
(sensing the thinlydisguised resentment in theCaller’s voice)
As the Bard says, “All the world’s astage, and all the men and women merelyplayers.” The only difference betweenTruman and ourselves is that his life ismore thoroughly documented. He is confronted with the same obstacles andinfluences that confront us all. Heplays his allotted roles as we all do–
FEMALE CALLER 2
–He’s not a performer. He’s a prisoner.
The Interviewer goes to cut off the call, but Christof stops him.
CHRISTOF
(rising to the challenge)
And can you tell me, caller, that you’renot a player on the stage of life — playing out your allotted role? He canleave at any time. If his was more thanjust a vague ambition, if he wereabsolutely determined to discover thetruth, there’s no way we could preventhim. I think what really distresses you, Caller, is that ultimately Truman prefersthe comfort of his “cell” as you call it.
FEMALE CALLER 2
(as if trying to convince herself, giving herself away)
–No, you’re wrong! He’ll prove youwrong! He can still do it!
The Interviewer hangs up on the caller.
INT. A BEDROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
In a darkly lit room, we see SYLVIA. It is she who is the confrontational Caller — phone still in her hand.
CHRISTOF
We’ve learnt about life as Truman hasand, despite the complaints of aminority, it’s been an overwhelminglypositive experience, for Truman and forthe viewing public.
INTERVIEWER
Let’s take another call.
(pressing a line)
London, England, you’re on “Tru Talk.”
MALE CALLER 2 (O.S.)
Christof? Congratulations on the way you’vealways handled Truman’s “sex” life — theclassical music, soft lighting and so on. But has the recent violence caused a problemfor the show’s sponsors?
CHRISTOF
The sponsors know the risks going in, although we do try to maintain standards- a level of decorum. For instance, I’venever put a camera in the toilet.
Still in silhouette, SYLVIA turns down the volume on the television. Focusing on the window on the screen that displays TRUMAN, she comes close to the screen, catching his melancholy, saddened by his regression.
INT. TRUMAN’S BASEMENT. MORNING.
TRUMAN breathes in the scent of Sylvia’s sweater one last time before reluctantly replacing it in the trunk, together with his book, “To The Ends Of The Earth — The Age Of Exploration”. For a final time, he regards his unfinished picture of SYLVIA inside — two holes where the eyes should be. As he does so, he finds two lost paper cuttings — a pairof eyes on the basement floor. He tries them. Ironicallythey fit — the picture completed. He closes the trunkanyway. With a sense of finality, he fastens the lock.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
The giant ON-AIR monitor in the control room plays a close-up shot of Truman sleeping.
CHRISTOF comes close to the monitor and almost touches the screen. As he does so, Truman twitches in his sleep.
INT. BATHROOM. MORNING.
TRUMAN wipes the mist from the mirror of the bathroom cabinet and stares into it in a way he has never done before.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. MORNING.
Close up on the giant ON-AIR monitor in the control room. It displays a wide shot of Truman staring into the bathroom mirror.
We slowly pull back to reveal SIMEON and the other VIDEO OPERATORS sitting at the mixing desks arranged in tiers reminiscent of an auditorium or NASA’s Mission Control. Each mixing desk contains a dozen-or-so built-in monitors and is designed with a location such as “Truman’s House — Interior”, “Truman’s Office — Cubicle”, “Tyrone’s Deli”. The operator at each desk, sitting in a swivel chair and wearing the slimmest of headsets, is responsible for monitoring a particular location.
The monitors cover virtually every facet of Truman’s life. Camera angles from the interior of Truman’s house, his backyard, car, office, the deli he frequents, the seashore to which he is drawn, the unfinished bridge where he golfs with Marlon — many of the locations strangely devoid of people.
Simeon, seated in the front row of mixing desks, stares back at Truman’s image on the monitor, slightly unnerved.
SIMEON
(to a nearby COLLEAGUE)
Is he looking at us?
As if to reassure the technician, Truman begins one of his familiar monologues. He talks to the mirror as if being interviewed.
TRUMAN
–What are my plans now? Well, next I’mthinking of tackling the Yuba River in anauthentic canoe from the Algonquin tribe. –I’m talking about the north fork, a class five rapid — only I’m not goingdown the Yuba, I’m going up. Do youhonestly think for one minute I’d go backto some dreary office to rubber stampmeaningless documents…do you?
MERYL (O.C.)
–Truman, you’re gonna be late!
Truman sighs as he exits the bathroom.
EXT. STREET. MORNING.
TRUMAN exchanges a cheery greeting with SPENCER.
SPENCER
How are ya, Truman?
TRUMAN
Inhale…exhale…same old thing.
He waves to the WASHINGTONS across the street. He petsPLUTO the dog.
INT. OFFICE. DAY.
Back at work at the insurance company, TRUMAN sits in his cubicle making another of his cold calls.
TRUMAN
–a forty-two year old woman sitting inthe second row at an amateur productionof Hamlet, Hamlet’s dagger slips from hishand and flies into the audience…
A YOUNG WOMAN, carrying a stack of files, catches Truman’s eyeas she passes. VIVIAN. She is faintly reminiscent of Sylviaat the same age — even wearing a similar sweater.
TRUMAN
(returning to his call)
–what I’m saying is, life is a fragilething…hullo?
EXT. TRUMAN’S BACKYARD. DUSK.
TRUMAN wheels his lawnmower, deliberately averting his eyes from the back of the house. Staring out of the kitchen window, a tall glass of iced tea in her hand, MERYL has been anticipating her husband’s appearance. She wears aneckbrace, we sense more as a reminder to Truman than for anymedical benefit she might derive.
Feeling Meryl’s eyes burning into his back, Truman fires up the mower and heads directly towards the symbolically uncut section of grass. We focus on the errant blades of grass as they are severed by the mower — a new Elk Rotary. The lawn is now uniformly trimmed — Truman’s final act of defiance laid to rest.
INT. STUDIO — CONFERENCE ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF stands at a large, specially screened window, silhouetted against the twinkling stars and full moon of a hyper-real nightsky.
Members of the cast enter the room — principal characters in Truman’s life — MERYL, MARLON, MOTHER, KIRK, TYRONE, LAWRENCE and the new actress, VIVIAN. They take their places around a long, oval table for a story conference — Vivian sitting slightly apart from the rest of the cast.
We glimpse over Christof’s shoulder at what he sees — the town of Seahaven far below, bathed in moonlight. He comes out of his reverie and joins his cast, sitting at the head of the table. In front of him, a TV “tablet” plays silently — showing Truman drinking a glass of milk in his kitchen.
CHRISTOF
(to the assembled cast)
First of all, I’d like to welcome Walterback onto the show.
(nods in Kirk’s direction)
You may have done us more of a favor thanyou ever imagined.
(turning to Meryl, using herreal name)
Regrettably, I also have to inform youthat Hannah has chosen not to renew hercontract.
All eyes turn to Meryl. She looks at the floor.
CHRISTOF
I’m sure we can all respect her reasons.
Meryl receives a sympathetic squeeze of the hand from her co-star Marlon, now out of wardrobe, wearing an Armani suit.
CHRISTOF
As you all know, we have already begun toorchestrate her break-up from Truman.
(more up-beat)
However, on a more optimistic note, I’mpleased to announce that television’sfirst on-air conception will still takeplace. You witnessed the initial contactthis morning.
(glancing to Vivien, onceagain using her real name)
You all know Claudia from her work intheatre.
MOTHER
I loved your Ophelia.
CLAUDIA
Why thank you.
The rest of the cast nod politely in Claudia’s direction. CHLOE passes out a bound document to each cast member.
CHRISTOF
(referring to the documents)
This is a copy of Claudia’s back story. Her character’s name is “Vivien”.
The cast idly flips through the documents, prominently stamped on the cover, “NOT TO BE TAKEN ON SET”.
CHRISTOF
We intend to entice Truman into the affairas soon as possible. Claudia will make apass at the insurance seminar Truman’sattending. Details are in your schedules.
(pause for effect)
I don’t have to tell you how critical thenext few weeks will be. This takes usinto the next generation. When Truman’schild is born, the network will beswitching to a two-channel format to chronicle both lives.
CLAUDIA
What happens when Truman and the baby areboth on camera together?
CHRISTOF
This will simply be duplicate coverage.
CLAUDIA
(mischievous)
Let’s just hope we don’t have twins.
MARLON
(uncharacteristically flippant)
When Truman dies do we go back to thesingle channel?
The cast turn in his direction. Christof shoots him a disapproving look.
INT. TRUMAN’S BASEMENT. NIGHT.
TRUMAN sleeps on a cot bed in his basement — more cluttered than usual. A virtual bombsite — dozens of cardboard boxes stacked everywhere. Although he is covered in bedding, his sock-clad feet stick out of the bed covers. The outline of his body is still clearly visible. He snores quietly.
INT. VARIOUS VIEWER LOCATIONS. NIGHT.
The TWO OLD LADIES have nodded off on their sofa in front of the television, their breathing and occasional snores echo those of Truman.
In the BAR, the WAITRESS — normally an avid viewer — only idlyglances to the screen as she passes with a tray of drinks.
The MAN in the bath resignedly lets the water out of the tub and goes to get out.
The MOTHER only occasionally glances to the screen as she feeds her BABY. Her DAUGHTER has her eyes closed, bopping to her Walkman.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
SIMEON sits at his control desk, directing the “night-shift”. He pays scant attention to the big screen, giving his instructions in a lethargic, metronomic manner.
SIMEON
…Ready two. Go to two.
An OPERATOR, eating a slice of pizza, presses one of the illuminated buttons on the panel and the camera angle changes to a close shot of Truman’s covered head. The camera stays onthe blanketed head for a long moment.
SIMEON
And back to the medium…
Another button is pressed and the angle changed. A trace of frustration is evident in the control room. Recording a sleeping subject is unrewarding enough without also having to contend with Truman’s recently acquired camera-shyness.
SIMEON
…and wide…
OPERATOR
(aside to Simeon)
What a loser.
SIMEON
Who cares? Makes life easier for us. He is what he is.
At the far end of the control room, one of the large double doorsopens and CHRISTOF enters, dressed in a smoking jacket. Simeon andthe Operators subtly straighten in their chairs. Christof pretendsnot to notice. He is staring intently at the ON-AIR monitor.
CHRISTOF
Why is he in the basement?
SIMEON
He moved down there after Meryl packed upand left.
CHRISTOF
Why wasn’t I told? Any unpredictablebehavior has to be reported.
(returning to the screen)
Is that the best shot we can get?
SIMEON
What’s to see?
CHRISTOF
What’s on the ClockCam?
The operator punches up the camera hidden inside a broken cuckoo clock. A box obscures the view.
OPERATOR
There’s an obstruction.
Christof watches Truman, a trace of concern in his eyes. CHLOE enters.
CHRISTOF
(referring to the debris inTruman’s basement)
What happened down there?
SIMEON
He was tidying up his garbage.
(sensing Christof’s concern)
I was going to call you. But half-waythrough, he gave up and fell asleep.
Apparently satisfied, Christof turns to an Operator.
CHRISTOF
I want to check the set-ups for tomorrow’s insurance convention.
Reading off the notes in Chloe’s folder, the Operator punches upa batch of camera angles on smaller preview monitors. They showa generic-looking hotel, devoid of actors. A banner in receptionreads, “Welcome Seahaven Life and Accident”.
The Operator looks to Christof for approval and realizes his producer’s attention has wandered. Christof has wandered down to the front of the room to stand beside the giant ON- AIR monitor still displaying the sleeping figure of Truman.
CHRISTOF
Give me a shot from Truman’s ring.
SIMEON
He gave it back to his father.
Christof nods.
CHRISTOF
(a trace of concern)
Why is he so still?
Christof picks up a spare headset from the panel and puts it to his ear.
CHRISTOF
Isolate the audio.
An Operator pushes up an audio fader on the panel. Christof and his colleagues listen to Truman’s steady breathing in their headphones.
SIMEON
(shrugs)
He’s still breathing.
Simeon and the Operators nod, reassured that nothing isamiss. Christof is not so easily convinced.
CHRISTOF
Give me a preview. An ECU on his torso.
A camera hidden in the room’s lamp zooms in to Truman’s prone outline. While the breathing remains steady, the body does not rise and fall. Christof, still listening to his headphones, detects a faint scratching sound followed by a strange thud.
CHRISTOF
(anxious, barking a commandto Chloe)
Phone him.
Chloe picks up a phone connected to the desk and dials.
CHRISTOF
(anticipating Chloe’s question)
Tell him it’s a wrong number.
The upstairs phone begins to ring. Truman doesn’t flinch.
INT. AN OFFICE BUILDING SOMEWHERE — RECEPTION. NIGHT.
The TWO SECURITY GUARDS are intrigued by Truman’s unanswered phone on their television set.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF and SIMEON concentrate on another, separate monitor playing in fast-rewind, time code in the bottom right-hand corner. It is a recording of the night’s transmission. Simeon pauses on the last on-camera appearance by Truman.
They watch Truman, on-screen, switch off the basement light and climb into the cot bed fully clothed, immediately pulling the covers over his head. As the light is switched off, therecording camera automatically switches to night vision. Simeon continues to play at normal speed, now and then scrolling forward in fast-forward mode. Christof suddenly points to screen.
CHRISTOF
There. Freeze…Zoom into the chair…
Simeon types the appropriate command.
CHRISTOF
Enhance…there!
On the blown-up screen, between a cardboard box and a chair leg, it is barely possible to make out Truman’s hand as he crawls commando-style from beneath the covers and behind a cardboard box near the large tool cupboard.
Simeon points out an angle of the empty staircase.
SIMEON
He hasn’t gone up the stairs. He’s stillin the room.
EXT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE. NIGHT.
MARLON’s car squeals to a halt outside Truman’s house. Hurriedly dressed in jeans and coat over a bare chest, he dashes barefoot up the porch to the front door. He tries the doorhandle, pounds on the door and rings the doorbell simultaneously, shouting Truman’s name all the while.
MARLON
Tru!..Tru!..Earthquake alert…flood! We’ve gotta get outside onto thestreet! Tru?!
Frustrated, Marlon picks up one of Meryl’s carefully nurtured flower pots from beneath the porch window.
MARLON
(shouting a warning)
I’m coming in, Tru!
Marlon hurls the flower pot through the window.
INT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE — BASEMENT. NIGHT.
MARLON switches on the light and clambers down the wooden stairs to the basement.
He pushes away the clutter and finally stands at his co-star’sbedside. He gingerly lifts the covers. Beneath the bedding, clothes have been carefully piled to resemble a sleepingfigure — socks placed on the end of two tree branches.
Buried amongst the clothes is Truman’s portable tape recorder. Marlon places the recorder next to his ear. The cassette playsthe sound of TRUMAN BREATHING.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF stares, wide-eyed, at the image on the On-Air monitor of MARLON.
CHRISTOF
Find him, Marlon!
INT. BASEMENT. NIGHT.
MARLON starts frantically pushing aside the clutter, sending Truman’s model ships and other hobbies crashing to the floor. Eliminating all over possible hiding places, he confronts Truman’s tool closet, the wall map of the Fiji Islands still hanging on the door. Marlon rips open the door and is hit with a shaft of light — moonlight.
The top of the closet has been removed and a crude tunnel containing a ladder heads almost directly upwards to the outside of the house. The bottom of the closet is ankle deep with dirt. Embedded in the tunnel wall is Meryl’s Chef’s Mate — Truman’s digging implement.
EXT. TRUMAN’S HOUSE. NIGHT.
MARLON’s head pops up outside the house. Unable to help himself, Marlon looks directly into a wide shot camera concealed in a streetlight.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF
Marlon, don’t look at the camera! Say something!
MARLON
(to streetlight, stunned, breaking the fourth wall)
What? He’s gone!
CHRISTOF
(to Simeon, quiet but firm)
Cut transmission.
Simeon hesitates, unsure if he has heard correctly. He looks to Christof for confirmation, his finger poised over an “EMERGENCY” button.
CHRISTOF
(enraged)
I said, “Cut!”
Christof lunges forward and presses the button himself. The scene in Truman’s bedroom playing on the on-air monitor is abruptly replaced by the “TRUMAN” logo and the message, “TECHNICAL FAULT. PLEASE STAND BY.”
INT. A LIVING ROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
The TWO OLD WOMEN on the sofa are stunned to see their TV screen go blank.
INT. A BAR SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
HEADS also turn in the bar permanently tuned to the “Truman” channel.
INT. AN APARTMENT SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
The other loyal viewer transfixed by the test card is SYLVIA, alone in her darkened apartment.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
Reminiscent of a military headquarters in wartime, the control room is a scene of barely controlled panic. SECURITY GUARDS come and go, phones ring, lights flash, every available VIDEO MIXER is working. The monitors — the “eyes” of the searchers — are systematically scrutinized for any sign of Truman. CHRISTOF orchestrates operations from his position at the center of the control panel.
SIMEON
(nervous)
We’ve declared a curfew. Everyone elseis at first positions.
CHRISTOF
All prop cars accounted for?
SIMEON
He has to be on foot. He has the world’s most recognizable face. He can’t disappear.
EXT. SEAHAVEN — MAIN STREET. NIGHT.
We pan down one empty street after another. The town center istotally, eerily deserted. Suddenly, a line of PEOPLE comesaround the corner, fanned out cross the street — a man-hunt.
PEOPLE of every description, shoulder to shoulder, marching down the otherwise empty streets the way a search is conducted at a crime scene. The lines include PRINCIPALS andEXTRAS lined arm and arm, wardrobed for their usual roles asEXECUTIVES and SECRETARIES, STORE CLERKS, TELEPHONISTS, MAINTENANCE and CONSTRUCTION WORKERS, WAITERS and WAITRESSES, COOKS, SHOPPERS, HEALTH WORKERS, SECURITY GUARDS, POSTAL WORKERS, POLICE OFFICERS, FIRE FIGHTERS and HOMELESS PEOPLE.
We occasionally glimpse Truman’s friends and colleagues amongst the searchers — MARLON, LAWRENCE, MOTHER & KIRK, VIVIEN and TYRONE. Even the WASHINGTON’s and SPENCER and PLUTO have joined the search — a snarling Pluto straining at the leash has now assumed the role of tracker dog — Truman’s pajamas waved in front of his nose (clearly miscast as the friendly, neighborhood pooch).
Searchlights from Seahaven’s many towers sweep the town. Once, the light falls on a blackened face cowering in the bushes beside a picket fence — the fence now faintly reminiscent of prison bars. Even the beam of the full moon appears to be sweeping the town like a searchlight.
EXT. BRIDGE. NIGHT.
Barriers have been erected at the bridge leading out of Seahaven, guarded by several Seahaven police cars.
An extra dressed as a DERELICT wheels his shopping cart toward the bridge.
The derelict takes a look along the walkway alongside the bridge as if participating in the search. He finds a POLICE OFFICER standing on the walkway.
POLICE OFFICER
Any sign of him?
DERELICT
(gravelly voice)
Not yet.
POLICE OFFICER
Take it easy.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
A VIDEO OPERATOR in the sixth row watches the scene on one of his monitors — the derelict standing with his back to camera.
Just as the derelict turns toward camera the Operator turns away to take a sip of coffee. He misses what we see on his monitor — the derelict’s blackened face belongs to TRUMAN.
EXT. BRIDGE. NIGHT.
The disguised TRUMAN heads back to town.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF turns to a LIGHTING TECHNICIAN.
CHRISTOF
We need more light.
EXT. SEAHAVEN STREETS. NIGHT.
A building-to-building, floor-to-floor, office-to-office search is also being conducted, each structure secured as they go — the SEARCHERS paying special attention to potentialblind spots such as closets, dumpsters, manholes, sewers, car trunks, trees and shrubbery.
We focus on one of the waves of searchers. TRUMAN has linked arms in the middle of a row, his disguise still holding up.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF glances impatiently at his watch.
CHRISTOF
We’ll never find him like this. Whattime is it?
CHLOE
(anticipating the request)
It’s too early.
CHRISTOF
It doesn’t matter. Cue the sun.
EXT. STREETS. NIGHT/DAY.
The sun instantly rises over Seahaven. CAST and EXTRAS shade their eyes from the sudden glare.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
While his COLLEAGUES monitor the bank of screens, CHRISTOF has been joined by the two anxious studio executives, MOSES and ROMAN.
MOSES
(to Christof who is stillstudying the faces in a row of SEARCHERS)
Rumors are circulating he’s dead. Themedia is in a feeding frenzy. The phonelines are jammed. Every network has apirated shot of Marlon in the closet.
ROMAN
(pacing nervously)
The sponsors are threatening to rip uptheir contracts.
CHRISTOF
(unconcerned, referring to thestatic “STAND BY” graphic, now accompanied by soothingclassical music)
Why? We’re getting higher ratings forthat graphic than any time in the show’shistory.
INT. BAR. NIGHT.
The television above the bar carries the test card. PATRONS animatedly discuss Truman’s fate over their drinks. Some place bets with each other on Truman’s fate.
EXT. ELECTRONICS STORE. NIGHT.
A CROWD of passersby hover around a display of televisions in the window of an electronics store, awaiting developments.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
The fan of EXTRAS reaches the harbor and automatically turns to make another sweep.
CHLOE
(referring to the empty streets)
When we flush him out how do we explain this?
CHRISTOF
(deadpan)
We tell him the truth.
CHLOE looks askance at CHRISTOF.
CHRISTOF
(joking darkly)
We’re making a movie.
EXT. HARBORSIDE. DAY.
However, as he bypasses the entrance to a ticket box, he hasn’t bargained on coming face to face with another straggler from the search.
MARLON. Truman freezes in front of his childhood companion — Marlon instantly seeing through Truman’s homeless disguise.
Truman glances nervously in the direction of the searchers. Their backs to the two men, they are beginning their next sweep. One shout from Marlon will give Truman away — he is at Marlon’s mercy.
Without a word, Marlon walks past Truman and rejoins the search.
Truman glances back to Marlon’s retreating figure but Marlon never looks back.
EXT. DOCKSIDE. DAY.
TRUMAN reaches the edge of the dock. He looks out over the bay. There, riding at anchor some two hundred yards out, is a sail boat — the same boat that circled Kirk and Truman’s sail boat many years earlier.
We see a close-up of Truman’s terrified eyes in his blackened face, staring down at the lapping water. He steels himself, shuts out the doubts and dives into the water.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
SIMEON
(hopeful)
I’m sure we’ll get him on this next sweep.
CHRISTOF
(distracted)
What have we missed?
SIMEON
It’s just a matter of time.
CHRISTOF concentrates on a monitor displaying a view of the harbor.
CHRISTOF
(to Simeon)
We’re not watching the sea.
SIMEON
(confused)
Why would we–
CHRISTOF
Sweep the harbor.
His COLLEAGUES begin to flick through dozens of waterborne hidden camera shots — in moored craft, lighthouses and buoys — trying to locate Truman.
Suddenly on one of the monitors there appears a single sail etched against the horizon.
SIMEON
That’s got to be him!
ROMAN
How can he sail?! He’s in insurance!
CHRISTOF
Resume transmission.
Simeon punches a button and the image of the sail boat is instantly transferred to the large ON-AIR monitor.
INT. OLD WOMEN’S APARTMENT. NIGHT.
The TWO OLD WOMEN doze against each other on the sofa in front of the TV.
The classical music on the television is abruptly replaced by the sound of the wind and the sea. One Old Lady blinks her eyes open, her breath taken away by the sight of Truman at the wheel of the sail boat. She rouses her companion.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF
(staring intently at theON-AIR monitor)
What do we have on that boat?
SIMEON scans a computer shot list. He types in a code.
A camera from the mast of Truman’s sail boat activates. Truman, unaware of the camera, is concentrating on his sailing.
EXT. HARBOR. DAY.
By now the ocean spray has washed most of the dirt from TRUMAN’s face — only a residue remains. The rags he wears are soaked.
As he steers, he occasionally refers to a “HOW TO SAIL” book from his coat pocket.
INT. A BATHROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
The MAN in the bath we have seen earlier continues to watch from his tub.
MAN
(to himself)
I knew he wasn’t dead.
EXT. HARBOR. DAY.
TRUMAN is at the wheel of the sail boat, wind filling her sails.
Seahaven left far behind, his is the only craft afloat in the harbor. He sets a course for the open sea as he and his father did long ago.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF and the other PRODUCTION STAFF watch TRUMAN from a buoy’s POV as he sails by.
CHRISTOF
Get another boat.
CHLOE
The ferry.
EXT. FERRY TERMINAL. DAY.
A PRODUCTION ASSISTANT runs down the dock towards the FERRY CAPTAIN and his CREW.
PRODUCTION ASSISTANT
Get that boat out there!
FERRY CAPTAIN
(who also played the bus driver)
I don’t know how. We were just told toput on these clothes.
EXT. HARBOR. DAY.
The sea choppier now, rising and falling steeply beneath his boat, TRUMAN nears a large buoy bobbing clumsily in the strong swell. An official-looking sign on the buoy reads — “DANGEROUS WATERS. DO NOT ENTER.” We see an extreme closeup of the nautical signpost where a disguised miniaturecamera tracks Truman’s progress.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
ROMAN
(anxious)
How do we stop him?
CHRISTOF
(glancing to Simeon)
How else?
Christof nods to controls on the mixing desk marked, “WIND” and “RAIN”.
EXT. HARBOR. DAY.
Storm clouds roll towards TRUMAN’s boat at an alarming speed. He looks back towards the Seahaven skyline, rapidly receding behind him. Doubts invade Truman’s head but he shuts them out and steers into the teeth of the storm — a look of resolve in his eyes we have never witnessed before.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
MOSES and ROMAN pace at the back of the control room. CHRISTOF is focused on his monitor. Like Truman, he steels himself for a fight.
CHRISTOF
Cue music…
SIMEON
(hesitant)
What music?
CHRISTOF
(irritated)
Storm music…Wagner…
CHLOE
(watching the monitor)
There’s no rescue boat in the area. Hewon’t know what to do.
MOSES
(trying to appeal to Christof’s sense of reason)
For God’s sake, Chris. The whole worldis watching. We can’t let him die infront of a live audience.
CHRISTOF
He was born in front of a live audience.
(never taking his eyes fromthe screen)
Don’t worry, he’s not willing to risk hislife. His doubts will turn him back.
Simeon reluctantly winds the controls for “WAVE”, “WIND” and “RAIN” towards their maximum settings.
CHRISTOF
Kill the lights.
EXT. HARBOR. DAY.
Darkness suddenly descends. High winds and horizontal driving rain buffet the boat. TRUMAN fights the tiller. Hurricane force winds shake the mast and keel, ripping the sails to shreds.
Suddenly, the mast of Truman’s boat is struck by a bolt of lightning — snapping the rigging and knocking Truman overboard. Flailing in the tempest, Truman manages to grab hold of a trailing rope from the mast and hand-over-hand drags himself back on board. Truman takes the rope and lashes himself to the wheel.
Monstrous waves continually submerge the boat. With what little is left of his rigging, Truman continues to head into the gale.
TRUMAN
(shouting above the storm,
screaming up to the sky)
Come on, is that the best you can do? You’re gonna have to kill me!
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
In contrast to his panic-stricken COLLEAGUES, CHRISTOF gives an outward appearance of calm. Only we witness the minute bead of sweat appearing at his temple that betrays him.
SIMEON
(shocked at the sight of Trumanbinding himself to the boat)
Is he out of his mind?
MOSES
(to Christof)
On behalf of the studio, I demand thatyou cease transmission.
CHRISTOF
(defiant, to Operators)
Keep running!
MOSES
–That’s not for you to say.
CHRISTOF
I take full responsibility–
MOSES
–I’m telling you for the last time.
CHRISTOF
(to OPERATOR in front of radar-style-screen)
How close is he?
OPERATOR
Very close.
CHRISTOF
Capsize him! Tip him over!
MOSES
(overlapping)
For God’s sake, Christof!
CHLOE
(unable to contain herself any longer, entreating Christof)
You can’t! He’s tied himself to theboat. He’ll drown!
SIMEON
(staring at Truman on the monitor, becoming affected byhis display of courage)
He doesn’t care.
CHRISTOF
(enraged, to the Operator)
Do it!
All eyes turn in Christof’s direction. None of the Operators is willing to touch the controls.
Christof reaches to the panel and does it himself, turning the “WAVE” controls to their maximum settings.
EXT. OCEAN. DAY.
A series of giant breakers march in formation across the sea — arising from an unseen source.
EXT. OCEAN. DAY.
The waves break across Truman’s vessel. TRUMAN appears to be losing his fight against the storm, each successive wave taking its roll on his body, sapping his strength, his bindings the only thing keeping him upright. His headslumps, the tiller goes loose in his grasp, rocking out ofcontrol. Truman’s will is draining away.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
The control room CREW watch the heroic image of Truman on the ON-AIR monitor, awestruck, as if they too are now spectators watching a movie.
EXT. OCEAN. DAY.
As he is about to be overcome by the next wave, TRUMAN clamps the wheel with his whole body and braces for onelast wave.
But the wave does not come. A strange phenomenon is occurring in the ocean. A distinct division has appeared in the ocean swell. Between the large rolling waves lies a corridor of calmer water, several hundred yards wide, a curious escape lane. The wind and the rain are also subsiding, the darkness lifting. A mist clings to the surface of the water. Truman steers his sail boat down the eerie corridor.
Several large, dark shapes emerge on the horizon. Land? Islands? The shapes, containing some enormous mechanism including a huge wheel, only half exposed above water level, appear to be the source of the peculiar wave formations.
Truman continues to steer his wrecked sailboat towards the infinitely receding horizon. All is calm until we see the bow of the boat suddenly strike a huge, blue wall, knocking Truman off his feet. Truman recovers and clambers across the deck to the bow of the boat. Looming above him out of the sea is a cyclorama of colossal dimensions. The sky he has been sailing towards is nothing but a painted backdrop. Truman looks upward, straining his eyes to see the top of the sky, but it curves away at a steep angle beyond his sight.
Clinging to the boat with one hand, he tentatively reaches out towards the painted cyclorama. He touches the sky.
He looks about him and simply laughs.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF and his PRODUCTION STAFF take in Truman’s reactionin stunned silence.
INT/EXT. BARROOM/LAUNDROMAT/STOREFRONT/APARTMENT. NIGHT.
Truman’s laugh echoes around bars, offices, shops, homes and streets — wherever a television is to be found — no VIEWER speaks. They too are stunned into a hushed expectancy. The collective audience holds its breath.
EXT. OCEAN/CYCLORAMA. DAY.
As the boat drifts alongside the seemingly never-ending curve of the cyclorama, TRUMAN’s attention is drawn to an outline in the otherwise flawless backdrop. He retrieves the identikit picture of Sylvia from his coat pocket and clambers to the prow of the boat.
There, camouflaged in the painted skyscape just above the water line, is a door. Truman grabs hold of the recessed doorhandle and halts the drifting boat. He stands in front of the door and closes his eyes in a silent prayer.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
The control room CREW stare in silence at the monitor — theirvery livelihood on the brink of vanishing. CHRISTOF opens asmall panel on his desk, breaks a seal, and speaks into theemergency P.A. system that is linked to the entire studio.
CHRISTOF
Truman!
INT/EXT. OCEAN/CYCLORAMA. DAY.
CHRISTOF’s voice booms over the now calm ocean.
CHRISTOF
Truman!
TRUMAN drops the handle as if his hand has been burned. He looks all about him.
CHRISTOF (O.C.)
You can speak. I can hear you.
Truman takes a moment to overcome his fear and astonishment.
TRUMAN
Who are you?
CHRISTOF
I’m the creator.
Truman looks up to the “heavens”.
TRUMAN
The creator of what?
CHRISTOF (O.C.)
A show — that gives hope and joy andinspiration to millions.
TRUMAN
(incredulous)
A show. Then who am I?
CHRISTOF (O.C.)
You’re the star.
Truman struggles to take it all in.
TRUMAN
Nothing was real.
CHRISTOF
You were real. That’s what made youyou so good to watch.
Truman takes out the drenched picture of Sylvia, recalling her words at the beach.
TRUMAN
(to himself)
“The eyes are everywhere.”
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
CHRISTOF picks up a slim, flat monitor. He swivels in his chair and gazes intently at the image of Truman he now holds inhis hands.
CHRISTOF
Listen to me, Truman–
On the screen, Truman again reaches for the door handle.
EXT. CYCLORAMA. DAY.
We focus on TRUMAN’s hand. CHRISTOF’s voice echoes across the water.
CHRISTOF
You can leave if you want. I won’t tryto stop you. But you won’t survive outthere. You don’t know what to do, where to go.
A wave of doubt washes over Truman’s face.
TRUMAN
(referring to the photo)
I have a map.
CHRISTOF
Truman, I’ve watched you your whole life. I saw you take your first step, yourfirst word, your first kiss. I know youbetter than you know yourself. You’renot going to walk out that door–
TRUMAN
–You never had a camera in my head.
INT/EXT. VARIOUS LOCATIONS. NIGHT.
The VIEWERS stare into camera in fascination.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
TRUMAN turns back to the sky, looking up towards CHRISTOF.
CHRISTOF
Truman, there’s no more truth outthere than in the world I created foryou — the same lies and deceit. Butin my world you have nothing to fear.
Truman seems to be considering the possibilities. He looks to the identikit picture of Sylvia in his hand.
CHRISTOF
(suddenly angry)
Say something, damn it! You’re still oncamera, live to the world…!
INT. A ROOM SOMEWHERE. NIGHT.
SYLVIA gazes at the picture of herself on her television screen as if it is her reflection in the mirror.
EXT. CYCLORAMA. DAY.
TRUMAN hesitates. Perhaps he cannot go through with it after all. The camera slowly zooms into Truman’s face.
TRUMAN
In case I don’t see you–good afternoon, good evening and good night.
He steps through the door and is gone. Silence. Then –
INT/EXT. VIEWERS. NIGHT.
Spontaneous jubilation from VIEWERS in their various locations- bars, homes and offices. We follow the figure of SYLVIA, running through the streets. Some of the viewers outside anelectronics store glimpse her as she runs by.
INT. CONTROL ROOM. NIGHT.
Even the cynical SIMEON jumps out of his seat — for the firsttime in the film — and lets out a joyous whoop, forgettinghimself for a moment, caught up in the drama.
SIMEON
Yes!
Self-conscious, he takes his seat again almost immediately. His COLLEAGUES are transfixed by the live ON-AIR monitor continuing to play its only available shot, the open door in the sky.
Gradually, the attention of those in the control room shifts from the monitor to CHRISTOF. He sits slumped, staring at the open door in the sky.
Eventually MOSES looks to Simeon. Moses nods to the “ON AIR” button. Simeon presses the button and the screen — the moviescreen — goes to static.
MONTAGE/END TITLES.
Highlights from “Truman — Total Record of a Human Life” beginto play.
FADE OUT
На чтение 11 мин. Просмотров 5.3k. Опубликовано 21.09.2022
Страна: США
Жанр: драма, комедия
Год производства: 1998
Режиссер: Питер Уир
Актеры: Джим Керри, Лора Линни, Ноа Эммерих
Слоган: “Он в прямом эфире и даже не подозревает…”
“Шоу Трумана” – безусловно, культовый фильм. В свое время он воспринимался по-хорошему абсурдным, комичным и даже умилительным. Однако проблемы, вскрытые в этой картине, не имеют ничего общего с чем-то забавным. Смысл фильма “Шоу Трумана” (The Truman Show) глубже, чем кажется на первый взгляд. Это психологическая и философская притча о сложностях преодоления тех программ, которыми все мы напичканы с самого рождения.
Содержание
- О чем фильм
- Объяснение концовки
- Смысл фильма
- Похожие фильмы
О чем фильм
Краткое описание содержания фильма “Шоу Трумана”. Главный герой картины Труман Бербанк работает страховым агентом и живет жизнью обычного человека.
Он и понятия не имеет о том, что является героем культового шоу и за его жизнью наблюдает весь мир. Города Сихэвэн, в котором живет Труман, на самом деле не существует – это просто красивые декорации. Соседи Трумана – не реальные люди, а актеры, которые играют свои роли.
Такую жизнь “за стеклом” устроил Труману Кристоф – исполнительный продюсер, способный при помощи спецэффектов даже влиять на погоду.
Постепенно Труману начинает надоедать его благополучная жизнь и он хочет изменить ее. В частности, ему очень хочется покинуть Сихэвэн.
Однако умелые манипуляции Кристофа делают свое дело: несколько раз оказавшись на грани гибели, Труман в конце концов понимает, что лучше ему и в самом деле никуда не уезжать.
Однажды Труман встречает девушку по имени Сильвия. Взаимная симпатия перерастает во влюбленность, однако Кристоф назначил в жены Труману другую женщину – Мерил. Сильвия, прекрасно понимая, что их отношения невозможны, намекает ему, что он находится под искусственно созданным куполом и весь его мир является иллюзией. После этого Кристоф убирает ее из проекта, но Труман, осознав ужас ее слов, начинает серьезно бунтовать…
Объяснение концовки
Ближе к финалу Труману удается обмануть съемочную команду и сбежать. Он садится в яхту и направляется к границе купола. В этот момент на сцене появляется Кристоф и, вызвав на море сильный шторм, пытается остановить своего подопечного.
Труман, выжив во время шторма, пытается пробиться через стену купола. Он видит дверь, подходит к ней и желает выйти, но в этот момент на связь с ним выходит Кристоф.
Он сообщает Труману, что он сейчас находится в прямом эфире и за ним наблюдают миллионы зрителей. Кристоф пытается предупредить его, что за куполом его не ждет ничего хорошего и предлагает остаться: здесь он “звезда”, здесь ему ничего не угрожает.
Однако Труман уже принял решение. Картинно простившись со зрителями, он покидает шоу и встречается с возлюбленной, которая ждала его все это время.
Объяснение концовки выглядит так: несмотря на то, что создатели шоу пытались контролировать Трумана, до конца подчинить его им не удалось. Труман решил жить не так, как написано в сценарии, а так, как считает нужным.
Разговор Трумана с Кристофом можно интерпретировать, как диалог с Богом. Смысл в том, что у человека всегда есть выбор – плыть по течению или взять на себя ответственность за свою жизнь.
В картине хорошо показано, как утопический рай с обретением познания превращается в антиутопический ад. Нет никакого изгнания из рая: право жить самостоятельно нужно завоевать собственной силой воли.
Смысл концовки фильма “Шоу Трумана” заключается в том, что за пределами иллюзорного мира его ждет реальность – далеко не всегда счастливая, но зато настоящая.
Также финал картины можно рассмотреть как метафору взросления. Путь Трумана – это символический путь каждого из нас из блаженного детства через ад подросткового бунта к взрослой жизни.
Смысл фильма
Можно сказать, что “Шоу Трумана” – это пророческая лента: ведь на примере главного героя была “подсвечена” та жуткая реальность, до которой может довести себя человечество. Суть ужаса даже не в том, что происходит с Труманом, а в самом окружающем мире, к реалиям которого мы движемся семимильными шагами.
Режиссер представил нам свой взгляд на христианство. Это прослеживается даже по именам героев. Интересным в этом контексте является имя Кристоф (в своих разборах зрители, ищущие в картине скрытый смысл, подметили игру слов: имя Christof может рассматриваться как “Christ off”, то есть, “фальшивый Бог”, а Truman – как “True Man”, то есть, “Настоящий человек”).
Основная мысль выглядит так: если Бог существует, то у человека есть только иллюзия выбора и лишь небольшой шанс в чем-то принимать решения самостоятельно. Бог (если посмотреть на него под этим углом) является кукловодом, решающим, что и когда будет с нами происходить. То есть вся наша реальность срежиссирована заранее и от нас мало что зависит.
Однако эта тема затрагивается в картине “Шоу Трумана” косвенно: основное внимание все-таки уделяется человеческому фактору.
Почему Труман, единственный настоящий человек в городке, выглядит максимально ненатурально? На фоне всех актеров, занятых в шоу, именно он смотрится, как клишированный герой дешевого ситкома. Изначально можно предположить, что это типичный Джим Керри с его типичными ужимками. Однако это не так. Наедине с собой Труман совсем другой – глубокий, переживающий и очень ранимый.
Дело в том, что, проживая день за днем, мы не задумываемся над тем, что на нас влияет и какая сила формирует нас. Это может быть ожидание общества, друзей, родителей и любимых. Спрашиваем ли мы себя о том, что является нашими искренними желаниями, а что – навязанным кем-то другим? Мы поступаем так, потому что хотим, или потому, что от нас этого ждут?
Подобную огранку окружающими факторами проходит каждый человек. В этом случае, перед нами очередная демонстрация того, что Труман – это квинтэссенция своего мира. Он долго находился в среде искусственных людей, которые отыгрывали свои роли, разговаривали исключительно по сценарию и задавали ему строгие, конкретные рамки. Так и он абсолютно бессознательно отыгрывал отведенную ему роль, копируя модель поведения тех, кто его окружал.
Человеку свойственно искать понимание и признание окружения. Это не что-то плохое – вопрос лишь в том, какими методами достигается цель и на какие жертвы мы готовы идти.
Труман много лет плыл по течению и делал то, что он него ждали. Как так получилось, что он тридцать лет не подозревал, что живет в выдуманной вселенной? Если хотя бы на секунду задуматься о том, что мы видим вокруг себя и на что мы сами ежедневно готовы закрывать глаза, невнимательность главного героя “Шоу Трумана” уже не покажется такой критичной. И если в его мире все сконцентрировано на одной задаче (формирование конкретной реальности для одного человека), то у нас оправданий не видеть того же самого вокруг себя значительно меньше.
Мы в силу разных причин – и в первую очередь, страха – не желаем замечать очевидного. Мы не хотим признавать, что привычные для нас вещи могут оказаться лишь иллюзией, что мы склонны принимать роль стороннего наблюдателя в той реальности, которая создается окружающим миром.
Подсознательно человек всегда закрывается от того, что может нанести ему эмоциональный вред. Всегда хочется верить, что мы не можем ошибаться в своей собственной жизни, даже если ежедневно приходится обманывать самих себя.
Суть фильма «Шоу Трумана» заключается в том, что каждый человек переживает события, которые, словно назойливый будильник ранним утром понедельника, призывает очнуться, открыть глаза и посмотреть на все объективно, как бы это ни было больно. И только нам выбирать, как мы поступим.
Когда вселенная Трумана стала трещать по швам, он не стал игнорировать громкий сигнал этого “будильника”. Отказавшись от позиции “Я в домике”, он принял решение докопаться до истины.
Символически путь главного героя фильма “Шоу Трумана” начинается с падения осветительного фонаря с названием “Сириус” (путеводная звезда для путешественников). Позднее, на пути к свободе, он, подобно Буратино, проткнувшего носом нарисованный очаг, носом своей лодки пробил стену окружающего купола. А вот как всю жизнь поступаем мы?..
“Шоу Трумана” не стоит понимать буквально. Это фильм-притча о каждом из нас. “Купол”, под которым долгое время находился Труман, символизирует этакий “колпак”, нависший над человеком с самого его рождения. Он складывается из характера и воли родителей, общественной морали, бытового уклада и многих других вещей.
Смысл в том, что настоящим, живым человек становится только тогда, когда начинает замечать влияние всех этих “предустановленных” программ на свою жизнь и пытается их сломать, преодолеть, начать жить своей жизнью, реализовать свою истинную волю.
Ощущение того, что все на тебя смотрят и вокруг тебя вращается мир, обычно свойственно людям нереализованным, неуверенным в себе, живущим по навязанным обстоятельствами канонам.
Главный герой фильма “Шоу Трумана” искренне хочет освободиться из рамок шоу. То есть, избавиться от оков чужих суждений, перестать двигаться по замкнутому кругу стереотипных и предсказуемых поведенческих реакций.
Разговор с Кристофом в финале тоже можно понимать и как внутренний диалог Трумана, как момент личного решения, выбора. Кристоф не обязательно Бог. Он также может символизировать одно из наших “Я”.
Человека создают все окружающие его обстоятельства. Когда он оказывается способным сказать им “нет” и начать жить свою жизнь, он освобождается внутренне. То есть, по сути он избавляется от собственных страхов, которые и составляют основу его “купола”.
Наблюдающих за Труманом телезрителей в фильме можно воспринять как олицетворение обывательских сил, которые всегда хотят оставить под присмотром своего “всевидящего ока” как можно большее число человеческих душ. Это позволяет им упрочить свои позиции. Все дело в том, что обществу (стоит только вспомнить, к примеру, монолог Петруши Верховенского из “Бесов” Достоевского) выгодны удобные, предсказуемые, подконтрольные люди. “Белых ворон” не любят – грубо говоря, человека, всю жизнь прожившего в шахтерском городке, но желающего стать музыкантом или ювелиром, высмеивают и обесценивают.
Стать собой, распознать и реализовать свои истинные желания всегда трудно. Скорее всего, главная идея фильма “Шоу Трумана” заключается именно в этом.
Похожие фильмы
Вот фильмы, похожие на “Шоу Трумана” по смыслу:
- “Плезантвиль” (США, 1998 год). Инфантильный юноша Дэвид – является фанатом шоу “Плезантвиль”, действие которого происходит в 50-годы. Однажды он оказывается по ту сторону экрана;
- “Меняющие реальность” (США, 2011 год). Главный герой узнает, что реальность, в которой он находится, была создана искусственно и за исполнением этого сценария строго следят специальные агенты. Это не устраивает его и он начинает борьбу;
- “Матрица” (США, Австралия, 1990 год). Главный герой узнает ужасающую правду о реальности, в которой живет.
Киноман, сериаломан, писатель. Любит искать скрытый смысл даже в самых простых вещах. Пишет странные сказки, обожает сериалы про шпионов и Искусственный Интеллект.
Сценарий: от «Шоу Малкольма» к «Шоу Трумана»
Свою кинематографическую карьеру будущий сценарист «Шоу Трумана» и режиссер «Гаттаки» Эндрю Никкол начинал со съемок телевизионной рекламы. Это, а также эпизод «Сумеречной зоны» («Специальная служба», 1989), где герой понимает, что на самом деле он — персонаж сериала, вдохновило Никкола на сценарий под названием «Шоу Малкольма».
Трейлер фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
По замыслу автора, житель Манхеттена обнаруживал, что окружающий его мир — лишь декорации, и погружался в бездны паранойи. Постановкой Никкол планировал заниматься самостоятельно, а на главную роль мечтал пригласить Гэри Олдмана. Обо всем этом сценарист рассказал своему первому менеджеру Алексу Росси еще в 1991 году, а уже в начале 1992-го отнес рукопись литературному агенту Линн Плешетт. Спустя еще полтора года она показала «Шоу Малкольма» Скотту Рудину.
В итоге, после битвы с Warner Bros., в октябре 1993 года сценарий для Рудина за полтора миллиона долларов приобрела Paramount Pictures. Тогда же студия назначила режиссером проекта самого Никкола, но после рассказов амбициозного новичка о том, что он хочет снять «самый дорогой авторский фильм в истории», было решено поискать другого постановщика. В частности, рассматривались кандидатуры Брайана де Пальмы, Терри Гиллиама, Барри Зонненфельда и Тима Бертона. В результате в 1995 году был выбран австралиец Питер Уир.
На съемках фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Его видение материала сильно отличалось от мрачной задумки Никкола. Во-первых, Уир, ранее уже снимавший комика в нетипичном амплуа (Робин Уильямс, «Общество мертвых поэтов»), решил, что играть протагониста должен исключительно Джим Керри. Во-вторых, он посчитал, что описанное в сценарии реалистичное шоу с Манхеттена не могло бы стать всемирно популярным и долгоиграющим. По мнению Уира, создатель программы, чтобы достичь коммерческого успеха, должен был продавать не обыденность, а некий привлекательный стиль жизни.
Эндрю Никкол согласился с соображениями режиссера и начал переписывать сценарий — благо, времени, в связи с необходимостью ждать занятого в комедии «Лжец, Лжец» Керри, у него было предостаточно.
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
В окончательной, шестнадцатой версии главный герой получил говорящее имя Труман Бербанк, перевести которое можно как «настоящий человек (true man) в иллюзорном мире» (калифорнийский городок Бербанк — своеобразный филиал Фабрики грез, там располагаются The Walt Disney Company, Warner Bros. и многие другие компании). Неслучайно также имя автора шоу — телемагната Кристофа (созвучно с Христос), который считает себя богом в созданной им телевселенной. Кроме того, практически все персонажи, окружающие главного героя, названы в честь звезд Голливуда, как напоминание, что это нанятые актеры, а не обычные граждане.
Повествование же делится на три части. Действие первой разворачивается в мире Трумана, который после падения с неба осветительного прибора начинает подозревать, что все вокруг искусственное. Вторая, и это феноменальный сценарный твист, показывает закулисье телешоу — мир Кристофа. На взаимодействии указанных миров строятся самые остроумные коллизии ленты, высмеивающей голливудские жанровые клише. Всякая искренняя попытка Трумана нарушить предписанный ход вещей обыгрывается телевизионщиками как способ поднять рейтинг. Внеплановая прогулка с Лорен/Сильвией подается как мелодрама, бегство на автомобиле с женой — как дорожная экшн-сцена с препятствиями, попытка вывести супругу на чистую воду — как эпизод из триллера, а кульминационный сплав героя на судне превращается в фильм-катастрофу.
Сцена из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
В следующей за ним заключительной части картины происходит знакомство Трумана с «создателем», отсылающее к извечному сюжету о встрече человека с Богом-творцом. Кроме того, на протяжении всего киноповествования периодически даются комментарии поклонников шоу, которые в финале звучат как приговор Кристофу. Отдавший тридцать лет своей жизни созданию и поддержанию иллюзии телегуру воспринимает закрытие программы как вселенскую трагедию, тогда как для зрителей это всего лишь повод переключить канал.
Кастинг: от Хоппера к Харрису
С исполнителем главной роли все стало ясно еще на подготовительном этапе. Уир решил, что никто лучше Джима Керри не сможет изобразить простого, но в то же время неординарного и притягательного для телезрителей парня. Актер в свою очередь был восхищен сценарием и посчитал, что это идеальная возможность наконец выйти из привычного амплуа комика-кривляки. Керри даже согласился урезать свой обычный гонорар в двадцать миллионов долларов до двенадцати миллионов. Старания актера были вознаграждены «Золотым глобусом» за лучшую мужскую роль.
На съемках фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Сложнее пришлось с выбором артиста-антагониста. Первоначально играть Кристофа должен был Деннис Хоппер, но он покинул площадку, едва стартовали съемки — из-за творческих разногласий. У Эда Харриса, заменившего Хоппера, практически не было времени для подготовки. Тем не менее актер справился с задачей настолько хорошо, что получил «Золотой глобус» и номинацию на «Оскар» в категории «Лучшая роль второго плана».
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Работа в «Шоу Трумана» стала поворотной в карьере и для Лоры Линни, которая до этого снималась лишь в незначительных ролях. Ее героиня — актриса Ханна, играющая в программе жену Трумана Мэрил, медсестру по профессии. Мать самой Линни была медсестрой, что помогло ей в создании образа. Кроме того, Ханна/Мэрил постоянно рекламирует те или иные товары, поэтому, чтобы достоверно сыграть «королеву продакт-плейсмента», Линни досконально изучила винтажный торговый каталог «Сирс Робак».
Сцена из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
«True love» Трумана — артистку Сильвию в роли студентки Лорен — сыграла англичанка Наташа Макэлхон, а его «настоящего друга» — американец Ноа Эммерих. Персонажу Эммериха первоначально было отведено больше экранного времени. В частности, были сцены, указывающие, что Марлон чувствует искреннюю вину из-за того, что постоянно обманывает Трумана, но на монтаже их вырезали.
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
В роли одного из коллег Кристофа появился тогда еще малоизвестный Пол Джаматти, который сыграл и в следующей серьезной картине с Керри — «Человек на Луне».
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Нашлось место в картине и непрофессиональным актерам. В отдельных сценах можно увидеть членов съемочной группы. Так, в роли мужчины, выпрыгивающего из рождественского подарка, засветился ассистент арт-директора фильма; рабочего, закрывающего одну из дверей купола студии, сыграл супервайзер постпродакшна Майк МакАлистер, а Филипп Гласс появился в камео — именно он играет на пианино в эпизоде, где Кристоф рассматривает на экране спящего Трумана. Кроме того, в массовку из трехсот человек вошли и жители городка, где снимался фильм. Например, в кадр попали владельцы побережья — Дэррил и Роберт Дэвисы, а местные копы Рон и Дон Тейлоры сыграли навязчивых близнецов, которых Труман встречает каждое утро по пути на работу.
Сцены из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
Локации: от Манхеттена к Сисайду
Отходя от первоначального мрачного замысла, Уир и Никкол заменили место действия с Манхеттена на вымышленный Сихейвен. Городок с самым прекрасным на свете закатом задумывался как образец мифологизированной в культуре 50-х одноэтажной Америки, будто бы сошедшей с открыток. Идеализированному представлению нашелся вполне реальный эквивалент — прибрежный город Сисайд во Флориде, спроектированный Андесом Дюани и Элизабет Плейтер-Зайберк в концепции «нового урбанизма».
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Все дома в городке, который считается настоящим раем для богатых пенсионеров, выдержаны в едином колониальном стиле. Из-за этой особенности аккуратный Сисайд очень похож на декорацию, поэтому, оказавшись там, Уир отметил, что город словно специально создан для «Шоу Трумана». К слову, критики теории «нового урбанизма» сочли фильм отличной сатирой на выхолощенную модель счастья для тихого американца.
Визуальное решение: от Роквелла к дорисовке
Кое-что в идеальном Сисайде все же пришлось подправить. В городе совсем нет офисных зданий, а страховой агент Бербанк должен ходить на работу. Художник-постановщик Деннис Гасснер специально для фильма спроектировал площадь, где были построены первые этажи бизнес-центров, а их верхнюю часть дорисовали с помощью компьютерной графики.
С использованием CGI был создан и импрессионистический цифровой закат, придуманный супервайзером визуальных эффектов Майклом МакАлистером и дополнивший выдержанную в стилистике гиперреалиста Нормана Роквелла картину.
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Ретро-облику Сихейвена противопоставлен его вид с высоты птичьего полета, дающий зрителю понять, что на самом деле Труман живет в декорации футуристической студии под куполом.
Конструкция была создана с помощью компьютерной графики, а, например, небо, которое мы видим в финале картины, — это уже сочетание передовых технологий и старого доброго «рисованного задника». Реальная декорация, в которую врезается судно Трумана, была дополнена 2,5D-дорисовкой, сделанной Matte World. Благодаря ей облака эффектно отражались в воде.
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Микс цифровых технологий и приемов из старого кинематографического арсенала — вообще, основа визуального стиля фильма. Оскароносный оператор Питер Бижу использовал средства, проверенные временем. Перед ним стояла задача показать вымышленную реальность достаточно естественной с учетом того, что все освещение в мире Трумана искусственное. Бижу обратился к методу high key — задний план в кадре всегда ярче актеров, а светлые тона составляют большую часть изображения. Подобному анти-нуару противопоставляется мир Кристофа, сцены с участием которого, как правило, решены в low key.
Другой важной задачей было изобразить скрытое наблюдение так, чтобы оно не слишком отвлекало от самой истории. Для этого Бижу использовал нестандартные ракурсы и точки съемки, дающие понять, что предметы, окружающие Трумана, нашпигованы скрытыми камерами. Кроме того, оператор обратился к виньетированию, чтобы таким образом отделить обычные кадры от «телевизионных».
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Ну и конечно, говоря о художественной организации «Шоу Трумана», нельзя не вспомнить о таких действенных приемах, как разрушение четвертой стены и мизанабим. Иллюстрацией первого служит знаменитый финал, в котором герой Джима Керри прощается со всеми своими зрителями — от Кристофа до нас с вами, а также эпизод-импровизация, где Труман с помощью рисунка на зеркале показывает телевизионщикам, что раскусил их.
Кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Фото: Paramount Pictures
Примером мизанабима в каком-то смысле является вся картина, но концептуально данный прием реализован особенно ярко в сцене, где бывшая актриса шоу Сильвия смотрит телевизор, который показывает Кристофа, отвечающего на ее вопрос, с прямым включением из мира Трумана в углу кадра. Получается, реалити-шоу в телепрограмме о реалити-шоу внутри фильма о реалити-шоу.
Сцена из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
Подобный ироничный взгляд на природу телевидения реализуется и в эффектных визуальных номерах, вроде Луны-прожектора или дождя, следящего за Труманом, — и это уже наглядный образец использования дождевых установок в кинопроизводстве.
Сцена из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
Саундтрек: от Моцарта к Глассу
Наряду с иронией постмодернистское начало в «Шоу Трумана» выдает поразительно эклектичный саундтрек. Над его созданием трудился композитор Буркхард фон Далльвиц, составивший удивительный звуковой паззл, в котором «Рондо в турецком стиле» Моцарта соседствует с фортепианным концертом Шопена, сочинениями Филиппа Гласса для фильмов Годфри Реджио, музыкой Войцеха Киляра и даже рокабилли-версией «Twentieth-Century Boy» T-Rex.
Саундтрек к фильму «Шоу Трумана» (1998)
Незаурядный саундтрек был удостоен премии «Золотой глобус», ставшей еще одной из многочисленных наград пророческого фильма, который в наше время выглядит еще симптоматичнее, чем двадцать лет назад.
Обложка: кадр из фильма «Шоу Трумана» (1998) / Paramount Pictures
«Шоу Трумана» – это удивительно интересный фильм с трогательным главным героем и неповторимой атмосферой. В нем очень точно показан «слепок» современного общества. Сюжет картины пересказывать не буду, вы и сами все знаете. А если нет, то лучше пока воздержаться от чтения статьи, здесь много спойлеров. Обязательно посмотрите ленту и возвращайтесь открывать ее секреты вместе со мной!
– По слухам, Эд Харрис, сыгравший в фильме Кристофа – руководителя шоу, и Джим Керри, он же Труман Бербанк, никогда не встречались по время съемок, как и их персонажи.
– Момент, где Труман в своей ванной комнате рисует мылом на зеркале и произносит монолог – это импровизация Джима Керри. В конце он даже добавляет, что «это в качестве бонуса». В другой версии он рисовал вокруг отражения своей головы длинные кудрявые волосы и платье.
– Несмотря на то, что по сюжету Труман ужасно боится воды, на его столе можно заметить сувениры в виде надувной лодки и маяка. Возможно это своеобразный намек на то, где закончится история фильма. Хотя, скорее всего, это просто атрибутика прибрежного городка.
– В одной из сцен можно заметить упаковку с витамином D на столе. Этот витамин главному герою необходимо принимать из-за отсутствия солнечного света. Именно благодаря ему в организм человека поступает витамин D (он образуется в коже под воздействием ультрафиолета).
– В 2008 году в США и Великобритании были опубликованы данные исследований психологов. Многие их пациенты испытывали «синдром Трумана» или «иллюзию шоу Трумана» на себе. Они считали, что являются невольными главными героями реалити-шоу. А вам никогда не казалось, что все окружающие – просто актеры, искусно играющие свои роли?
– Джим Керри очень хотел доказать, что способен играть серьезные роли. Поэтому всем членам съемочной бригады и актерам было запрещено цитировать героев Джима из прошлых «глупых» фильмов. Видимо это помогало комику сконцентрироваться на роли. И это у него, на мой взгляд, получилось блестяще. Хотя в некоторых кадрах проскакивал неутомимый комедийный талант актера.
– В «Шоу Трумана» существует множество отсылок на звезд кино прошлого. Некоторых участников грандиозной телепередачи зовут Мерил (Мерил Стрип) – супруга главного героя, Марлон (Марлон Брандо) – лучший друг Трумана, Кирк (Крисвелл или Дуглас) – погибший и воскресший отец и т.д.
– Питер Уир сразу видел в роли Трумана Джима Керри, и не ошибся в своем выборе. Войти в образ Джиму помогали папарацци и поклонники, постоянно следившие за ним.
– Перед остановкой лодки с главным героем в конце фильма, на ее парусе можно заметить цифру 139. Это отсылка на Псалом 139. Именно его, немного перефразировав, произносят Кристоф и Труман в финальном диалоге.
– Гавань под куполом, которую мы видели в фильме, снимали в штате Флорида, в местечке под названием Сисайд. Впервые прибыв сюда, режиссер Питер Уир заявил: «Распаковывайте вещи, мы нашли наш город».
– Изначально на роль Кристофа планировали взять Денниса Хоппера, но после первого дня съемок он ушел из проекта.
– Изначально сценарий к ленте, который написал Эндрю Никколл, показался режиссеру и продюсерам слишком мрачным. Поэтому сценаристу пришлось переписать текст 16 раз, чтобы получился финальный вариант. Его мы и увидели в кино.
– Продолжая тему истории «Шоу Трумана»: изначально главного героя поселили в Нью-Йорке. Однако Питер Уир изменил место жительства на выдуманный город.
– В кинотеатральной версии вы не найдете многих сцен, которые включили в DVD-версию фильма. В одной из удаленных сцен раскрывалось истинное отношение друга Трумана – Марлона, к главному герою. Он действительно о нем заботился. Когда Марлон нашел Трумана после побега, то отпустил его.
– Пара, сидящая за столиком для пикника, это владельцы побережья, на котором снимали фильм. Их зовут Дэррил и Роберт Дэвис. Роберт унаследовал 80 соток земли от деда, на которых вместе с женой построил первый дом.
– Девиз на двойной арке в центре города звучит как «Unus pro omnibus et omnes pro uno (у́нус про о́мнибус эт о́мнэс про у́но)», что в переводе с латыни означает «Один за всех, все за одного». Это своеобразная отсылка к ситуации, происходящей под куполом, где каждый актер и участник съемок готов прикрыть остальных, только бы Труман ни о чем не догадался.
– В мире этой картины можно насчитать приблизительно 300 участников массовки. Многие из них были наняты в Сисайде, штат Флорида, где и снимали фильм.
– На главную роль в «Шоу Трумана» также рассматривался Робин Уильямс.
– По изначальной задумке Труману должно было едва исполниться 19-20 лет. Однако Джиму Керри было уже за тридцать, поэтому создатели решили отказаться от идеи молодого главного героя.
– Человек, выскочивший из рождественского подарка, это помощник арт-директора фильма. Забавно, что он в этот момент кричит: «Есть! Пробился! Я в Шоу Трумана!»
– Яхта Трумана называется Санта-Мария. Такое же название было у одного из кораблей Христофора Колумба, открывшего новые земли. Символично, не находите?
– Основная идея фильма – история человека, вынужденного жить в альтернативной реальности, и не осознающего этого, взята из сюжета научно-фантастического романа 1959 года, автора Филипа К. Дика.
– Режиссер картины – Питер Уир, написал 10-страничную предысторию ленты, в которой рассказывалась история шоу. К примеру, оно часто побеждало в номинации на Эмми.
– В квартире японской семьи можно увидеть надпись, которая, если верить интернету, в переводе означает «Каждый день Трумана».
– Имя Труман состоит из двух слов «tru» (правда) и «man» (человек). Это своеобразная игра слов, ведь Труман – единственный настоящий или правдивый человек, который находился под куполом. Все остальные – актеры и члены съемочной бригады. Фамилия героя – Бербанк, это название города в Калифорнии, где происходили студийные съемки.
– Лорен Гарланд (возлюбленная главного героя) получила свое имя в честь двух замечательных американских актрис: Лорен Бэколл и Джуди Гарленд.
– В одном из вариантов сценария, Труман хотел отправиться в Австралию, вместо Фиджи.
– События в фильме происходят в период с 13 по 17 декабря.
– Луи Колтрейн (друг главного героя) – это имя, образованное из двух имен, которые носили джазовые музыканты: Луи Армстронг и Джон Колтрейн. В одной из сцен фильма Луи играет на трубе, как и его тезка.
– Обратите внимание на название книги, которую держит в руках Мерил. В переводе на русский название означает «машина мечтаний» или «машина сновидений». Это своеобразный намек Труману на то, что он живет в придуманном мире.
– Присутствует в фильме и выдержка из русской газеты. И тут, на удивление все слова и буквы написаны почти правильно!
– В оригинальном сценарии перед зрителем открывалась не картина утопического общества, а более темная его модель. Здесь совершались преступления, у Трумана были проблемы с алкоголем, показывались откровенные постельные сцены главного героя и его жены. Также Труману давались подсказки, помогающие осознать истину. Сцена с противостоянием героя Джима Керри и его жены Мэрил была написана в более агрессивных тонах. А после выхода Трумана из города, его встречал Кристоф и исполнители главных ролей в шоу на крыше павильона. Актеры смотрели на главного героя смущенно, а тот, в ярости бросался на Кристофа, пытаясь его задушить. Также Труман должен был воссоединиться с Сильвией. Вот на это (воссоединение с той, о которой он так долго мечтал), я бы посмотрел. Хотя существующая концовка мне также очень нравится.
А как вы хотели бы, чтобы закончился фильм? Пишите, какие еще секреты «Шоу Трумана» вы знаете и насколько вам понравилась или нет эта лента. Ну и не забывайте подписываться на наш паблик ВКонтакте!
Джим Керри и Питер Уир за кадром, на съемках шоу.
20 лет назад мир впервые увидел «Шоу Трумана». С годами картина Питера Уира становится все актуальнее, а мы исследуем ее основные особенности — от фантастической идеи и непривычного Джима Керри до неприкрытой иронии и эклектичного саундтрека
Сценарий: от «Шоу Малкольма» к «Шоу Трумана»
Свою кинематографическую карьеру будущий сценарист «Шоу Трумана» и режиссер «Гаттаки» Эндрю Никкол начинал со съемок телевизионной рекламы. Это, а также эпизод «Сумеречной зоны» («Специальная служба», 1989), где герой понимает, что на самом деле он — персонаж сериала, вдохновило Никкола на сценарий под названием «Шоу Малкольма».
По замыслу автора, житель Манхеттена обнаруживал, что окружающий его мир — лишь декорации, и погружался в бездны паранойи. Постановкой Никкол планировал заниматься самостоятельно, а на главную роль мечтал пригласить Гэри Олдмана. Обо всем этом сценарист рассказал своему первому менеджеру Алексу Росси еще в 1991 году, а уже в начале 1992-го отнес рукопись литературному агенту Линн Плешетт. Спустя еще полтора года она показала «Шоу Малкольма» Скотту Рудину.
В итоге, после битвы с Warner Bros., в октябре 1993 года сценарий для Рудина за полтора миллиона долларов приобрела Paramount Pictures. Тогда же студия назначила режиссером проекта самого Никкола, но после рассказов амбициозного новичка о том, что он хочет снять «самый дорогой авторский фильм в истории», было решено поискать другого постановщика. В частности, рассматривались кандидатуры Брайана де Пальмы, Терри Гиллиама, Барри Зонненфельда и Тима Бертона. В результате в 1995 году был выбран австралиец Питер Уир.
Его видение материала сильно отличалось от мрачной задумки Никкола. Во-первых, Уир, ранее уже снимавший комика в нетипичном амплуа (Робин Уильямс, «Общество мертвых поэтов»), решил, что играть протагониста должен исключительно Джим Керри. Во-вторых, он посчитал, что описанное в сценарии реалистичное шоу с Манхеттена не могло бы стать всемирно популярным и долгоиграющим. По мнению Уира, создатель программы, чтобы достичь коммерческого успеха, должен был продавать не обыденность, а некий привлекательный стиль жизни.
Эндрю Никкол согласился с соображениями режиссера и начал переписывать сценарий — благо, времени, в связи с необходимостью ждать занятого в комедии «Лжец, Лжец» Керри, у него было предостаточно.
В окончательной, шестнадцатой версии главный герой получил говорящее имя Труман Бербанк, перевести которое можно как «настоящий человек (true man) в иллюзорном мире» (калифорнийский городок Бербанк — своеобразный филиал Фабрики грез, там располагаются The Walt Disney Company, Warner Bros. и многие другие компании). Неслучайно также имя автора шоу — телемагната Кристофа (созвучно с Христос), который считает себя богом в созданной им телевселенной. Кроме того, практически все персонажи, окружающие главного героя, названы в честь звезд Голливуда, как напоминание, что это нанятые актеры, а не обычные граждане.
Повествование же делится на три части. Действие первой разворачивается в мире Трумана, который после падения с неба осветительного прибора начинает подозревать, что все вокруг искусственное. Вторая, и это феноменальный сценарный твист, показывает закулисье телешоу — мир Кристофа. На взаимодействии указанных миров строятся самые остроумные коллизии ленты, высмеивающей голливудские жанровые клише. Всякая искренняя попытка Трумана нарушить предписанный ход вещей обыгрывается телевизионщиками как способ поднять рейтинг. Внеплановая прогулка с Лорен/Сильвией подается как мелодрама, бегство на автомобиле с женой — как дорожная экшн-сцена с препятствиями, попытка вывести супругу на чистую воду — как эпизод из триллера, а кульминационный сплав героя на судне превращается в фильм-катастрофу.
В следующей за ним заключительной части картины происходит знакомство Трумана с «создателем», отсылающее к извечному сюжету о встрече человека с Богом-творцом. Кроме того, на протяжении всего киноповествования периодически даются комментарии поклонников шоу, которые в финале звучат как приговор Кристофу. Отдавший тридцать лет своей жизни созданию и поддержанию иллюзии телегуру воспринимает закрытие программы как вселенскую трагедию, тогда как для зрителей это всего лишь повод переключить канал.
Кастинг: от Хоппера к Харрису
С исполнителем главной роли все стало ясно еще на подготовительном этапе. Уир решил, что никто лучше Джима Керри не сможет изобразить простого, но в то же время неординарного и притягательного для телезрителей парня. Актер в свою очередь был восхищен сценарием и посчитал, что это идеальная возможность наконец выйти из привычного амплуа комика-кривляки. Керри даже согласился урезать свой обычный гонорар в двадцать миллионов долларов до двенадцати миллионов. Старания актера были вознаграждены «Золотым глобусом» за лучшую мужскую роль.
Сложнее пришлось с выбором артиста-антагониста. Первоначально играть Кристофа должен был Деннис Хоппер, но он покинул площадку, едва стартовали съемки — из-за творческих разногласий. У Эда Харриса, заменившего Хоппера, практически не было времени для подготовки. Тем не менее актер справился с задачей настолько хорошо, что получил «Золотой глобус» и номинацию на «Оскар» в категории «Лучшая роль второго плана».
Работа в «Шоу Трумана» стала поворотной в карьере и для Лоры Линни, которая до этого снималась лишь в незначительных ролях. Ее героиня — актриса Ханна, играющая в программе жену Трумана Мэрил, медсестру по профессии. Мать самой Линни была медсестрой, что помогло ей в создании образа. Кроме того, Ханна/Мэрил постоянно рекламирует те или иные товары, поэтому, чтобы достоверно сыграть «королеву продакт-плейсмента», Линни досконально изучила винтажный торговый каталог «Сирс Робак».
«True love» Трумана — артистку Сильвию в роли студентки Лорен — сыграла англичанка Наташа Макэлхон, а его «настоящего друга» — американец Ноа Эммерих. Персонажу Эммериха первоначально было отведено больше экранного времени. В частности, были сцены, указывающие, что Марлон чувствует искреннюю вину из-за того, что постоянно обманывает Трумана, но на монтаже их вырезали.
В роли одного из коллег Кристофа появился тогда еще малоизвестный Пол Джаматти, который сыграл и в следующей серьезной картине с Керри — «Человек на Луне».
Нашлось место в картине и непрофессиональным актерам. В отдельных сценах можно увидеть членов съемочной группы. Так, в роли мужчины, выпрыгивающего из рождественского подарка, засветился ассистент арт-директора фильма; рабочего, закрывающего одну из дверей купола студии, сыграл супервайзер постпродакшна Майк МакАлистер, а Филипп Гласс появился в камео — именно он играет на пианино в эпизоде, где Кристоф рассматривает на экране спящего Трумана. Кроме того, в массовку из трехсот человек вошли и жители городка, где снимался фильм. Например, в кадр попали владельцы побережья — Дэррил и Роберт Дэвисы, а местные копы Рон и Дон Тейлоры сыграли навязчивых близнецов, которых Труман встречает каждое утро по пути на работу.
Локации: от Манхеттена к Сисайду
Отходя от первоначального мрачного замысла, Уир и Никкол заменили место действия с Манхеттена на вымышленный Сихейвен. Городок с самым прекрасным на свете закатом задумывался как образец мифологизированной в культуре 50-х одноэтажной Америки, будто бы сошедшей с открыток. Идеализированному представлению нашелся вполне реальный эквивалент — прибрежный город Сисайд во Флориде, спроектированный Андесом Дюани и Элизабет Плейтер-Зайберк в концепции «нового урбанизма».
Все дома в городке, который считается настоящим раем для богатых пенсионеров, выдержаны в едином колониальном стиле. Из-за этой особенности аккуратный Сисайд очень похож на декорацию, поэтому, оказавшись там, Уир отметил, что город словно специально создан для «Шоу Трумана». К слову, критики теории «нового урбанизма» сочли фильм отличной сатирой на выхолощенную модель счастья для тихого американца.
Визуальное решение: от Роквелла к дорисовке
Кое-что в идеальном Сисайде все же пришлось подправить. В городе совсем нет офисных зданий, а страховой агент Бербанк должен ходить на работу. Художник-постановщик Деннис Гасснер специально для фильма спроектировал площадь, где были построены первые этажи бизнес-центров, а их верхнюю часть дорисовали с помощью компьютерной графики.
С использованием CGI был создан и импрессионистический цифровой закат, придуманный супервайзером визуальных эффектов Майклом МакАлистером и дополнивший выдержанную в стилистике гиперреалиста Нормана Роквелла картину.
Ретро-облику Сихейвена противопоставлен его вид с высоты птичьего полета, дающий зрителю понять, что на самом деле Труман живет в декорации футуристической студии под куполом.
Конструкция была создана с помощью компьютерной графики, а, например, небо, которое мы видим в финале картины, — это уже сочетание передовых технологий и старого доброго «рисованного задника». Реальная декорация, в которую врезается судно Трумана, была дополнена 2,5D-дорисовкой, сделанной Matte World. Благодаря ей облака эффектно отражались в воде.
Микс цифровых технологий и приемов из старого кинематографического арсенала — вообще, основа визуального стиля фильма. Оскароносный оператор Питер Бижу использовал средства, проверенные временем. Перед ним стояла задача показать вымышленную реальность достаточно естественной с учетом того, что все освещение в мире Трумана искусственное. Бижу обратился к методу high key — задний план в кадре всегда ярче актеров, а светлые тона составляют большую часть изображения. Подобному анти-нуару противопоставляется мир Кристофа, сцены с участием которого, как правило, решены в low key.
Другой важной задачей было изобразить скрытое наблюдение так, чтобы оно не слишком отвлекало от самой истории. Для этого Бижу использовал нестандартные ракурсы и точки съемки, дающие понять, что предметы, окружающие Трумана, нашпигованы скрытыми камерами. Кроме того, оператор обратился к виньетированию, чтобы таким образом отделить обычные кадры от «телевизионных».
Ну и конечно, говоря о художественной организации «Шоу Трумана», нельзя не вспомнить о таких действенных приемах, как разрушение четвертой стены и мизанабим. Иллюстрацией первого служит знаменитый финал, в котором герой Джима Керри прощается со всеми своими зрителями — от Кристофа до нас с вами, а также эпизод-импровизация, где Труман с помощью рисунка на зеркале показывает телевизионщикам, что раскусил их.
Примером мизанабима в каком-то смысле является вся картина, но концептуально данный прием реализован особенно ярко в сцене, где бывшая актриса шоу Сильвия смотрит телевизор, который показывает Кристофа, отвечающего на ее вопрос, с прямым включением из мира Трумана в углу кадра. Получается, реалити-шоу в телепрограмме о реалити-шоу внутри фильма о реалити-шоу.
Подобный ироничный взгляд на природу телевидения реализуется и в эффектных визуальных номерах, вроде Луны-прожектора или дождя, следящего за Труманом, — и это уже наглядный образец использования дождевых установок в кинопроизводстве.
Саундтрек: от Моцарта к Глассу
Наряду с иронией постмодернистское начало в «Шоу Трумана» выдает поразительно эклектичный саундтрек. Над его созданием трудился композитор Буркхард фон Далльвиц, составивший удивительный звуковой паззл, в котором «Рондо в турецком стиле» Моцарта соседствует с фортепианным концертом Шопена, сочинениями Филиппа Гласса для фильмов Годфри Реджио, музыкой Войцеха Киляра и даже рокабилли-версией «Twentieth-Century Boy» T-Rex.
Незаурядный саундтрек был удостоен премии «Золотой глобус», ставшей еще одной из многочисленных наград пророческого фильма, который в наше время выглядит еще симптоматичнее, чем двадцать лет назад.
Источник
Если у вас есть производство или сервис, о котором вы хотите рассказать нашим читателям, пишите Аслану (shauey@yandex.ru) и мы сделаем самый лучший репортаж, который увидят не только читатели сообщества, но и сайта Как это сделано
Еще раз напомню, что посты теперь можно читать на канале в Яндекс.Дзене
и как обычно в инстаграме. Жмите на ссылки, подписывайтесь и комментируйте, если вопросы по делу, я всегда отвечаю.
Жми на кнопку, чтобы подписаться на «Как это сделано»!